Automatic Air Conditioner: Section

AIR CONDITIONER
ATC
A
B
SECTION
AUTOMATIC AIR CONDITIONER C
E
CONTENTS
WITH NAVIGATION SYSTEM How to Perform Trouble Diagnosis For Quick And F
Accurate Repair .......................................................36
SERVICE INFORMATION ............................ 5 Operational Check (Front) .......................................36
Operational Check (Rear) ........................................38 G
PRECAUTIONS ................................................... 5 Symptom Matrix Chart ...........................................39
Precaution for Supplemental Restraint System Component Parts and Harness Connector Loca-
(SRS) "AIR BAG" and "SEAT BELT PRE-TEN- tion ...........................................................................39
SIONER" ................................................................... 5 H
Schematic ................................................................43
Precaution for Working with HFC-134a (R-134a)...... 5 Wiring Diagram - A/C - ............................................44
Contaminated Refrigerant ......................................... 5 Terminals and Reference Values for A/C Auto
General Refrigerant Precaution ................................ 6 Amp. ........................................................................55 I
Precaution for Battery Service (for V9X Models) ...... 6 A/C Auto Amp Power and Ground Circuit ...............56
Precaution for Refrigerant Connection ...................... 6 Mode Door Motor .....................................................57
Precaution for Service of Compressor .................... 14 Air Mix Door Motor ...................................................63 ATC
Precaution for Service Equipment ........................... 14 Intake Door Motor ....................................................71
Precaution for Leak Detection Dye ......................... 16 Front Blower Motor ..................................................74
Rear Blower Motor ...................................................81
PREPARATION ..................................................18 K
Rear Air Control System ..........................................89
HFC-134a (R-134a) Service Tool and Equipment.... 18
Magnet Clutch .........................................................94
REFRIGERATION SYSTEM ..............................21 Ambient Sensor .......................................................98
In-vehicle Sensor ................................................... 100 L
Refrigerant Cycle .................................................... 21
Refrigerant System Protection ................................ 21 Sunload Sensor ..................................................... 103
Component .............................................................. 22 Intake Sensor ........................................................ 104
PTC Heater ............................................................ 106 M
LUBRICANT .......................................................25 Insufficient Cooling ................................................ 109
Maintenance of Lubricant Quantity in Compressor.... 25 Insufficient Heating ................................................ 116
Noise ..................................................................... 118 N
AUTOMATIC AIR CONDITIONER SYSTEM ....27 Memory Function Check ........................................ 119
Control System Diagram ......................................... 27
Control System Description ..................................... 27 CONTROL UNIT .............................................. 120
Discharge Air Flow .................................................. 30 Removal and Installation ....................................... 120 O
Switches And Their Control Function (Front) .......... 31
Switches And Their Control Function (Rear) ........... 32 AMBIENT SENSOR ........................................ 122
Removal and Installation ....................................... 122
P
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS .....................................33
CONSULT-III Function (HVAC) ............................... 33 IN-VEHICLE SENSOR .................................... 123
CONSULT-III Function (BCM) ................................. 33 Removal and Installation ....................................... 123
A/C Auto Amp. Self-Diagnosis ................................ 34
SUNLOAD SENSOR ....................................... 124
A/C and AV Switch Assembly Self-Diagnosis ......... 35
A/C System Self-Diagnosis Code Chart .................. 35
INTAKE SENSOR ........................................... 125
ATC-1
Removal and Installation .......................................125 Removal and Installation for Front Low-Pressure
A/C Pipe (V9X models) ......................................... 160
BLOWER MOTOR ........................................... 126 Removal and Installation for Rear High- and Low-
Component ............................................................126 Pressure A/C Pipes ............................................... 160
Removal and Installation .......................................126 Removal and Installation for Under-floor Rear
High- and Low-Pressure A/C and Heater Core
AIR CONDITIONER FILTER ........................... 128
Pipes ..................................................................... 161
Removal and Installation .......................................128
Removal and Installation for Refrigerant Pressure
HEATER & COOLING UNIT ASSEMBLY ....... 130 Sensor ................................................................... 161
Component ............................................................130 Removal and Installation for Condenser ............... 161
Removal and Installation .......................................132 Removal and Installation for Front Evaporator ..... 163
Removal and Installation for Rear Evaporator ...... 164
HEATER CORE ............................................... 135 Removal and Installation for Front Expansion
Component ............................................................135 Valve ..................................................................... 165
Removal and Installation .......................................136 Removal and Installation for Rear Expansion
Valve ..................................................................... 165
HEATER PUMP ............................................... 137 Checking of Refrigerant Leaks .............................. 166
Removal and Installation .......................................137 Checking System for Leaks Using the Fluorescent
Leak Detector ........................................................ 166
INTAKE DOOR MOTOR .................................. 138
Dye Injection ......................................................... 166
Electronic Refrigerant Leak Detector .................... 167
MODE DOOR MOTOR .................................... 139
SERVICE DATA AND SPECIFICATIONS
(SDS) ................................................................ 170
AIR MIX DOOR MOTOR .................................. 140 Service Data and Specification (SDS) .................. 170
Component ............................................................140 WITHOUT NAVIGATION SYSTEM
SERVICE INFORMATION ......................... 171
VARIABLE BLOWER CONTROL ................... 142
Removal and Installation .......................................142 PRECAUTIONS ................................................ 171
Precaution for Supplemental Restraint System
REAR BLOWER MOTOR RESISTOR ............ 143 (SRS) "AIR BAG" and "SEAT BELT PRE-TEN-
Removal and Installation .......................................143 SIONER" ............................................................... 171
Precaution for Working with HFC-134a (R-134a) . 171
DUCTS AND GRILLES .................................... 144 Contaminated Refrigerant ..................................... 171
Component ............................................................144 General Refrigerant Precaution ............................ 172
Removal and Installation .......................................146 Precaution for Battery Service (for V9X Models) . 172
REFRIGERANT LINES .................................... 149 Precaution for Refrigerant Connection .................. 172
Precaution for Service of Compressor .................. 180
HFC-134a (R-134a) Service Procedure ................149
Component ............................................................151 Precaution for Service Equipment ........................ 180
Precaution for Leak Detection Dye ....................... 182
Removal and Installation for Compressor (YD
models) ..................................................................154 PREPARATION ................................................ 184
Removal and Installation for Compressor (V9X HFC-134a (R-134a) Service Tool and Equipment. 184
models) ..................................................................155
Removal and Installation of Compressor Clutch ....156 REFRIGERATION SYSTEM ............................. 187
Removal and Installation for Front High-pressure Refrigerant Cycle .................................................. 187
Flexible A/C Hose (YD models) .............................157 Refrigerant System Protection .............................. 187
Removal and Installation for Front High-pressure Component ........................................................... 188
Flexible A/C Hose (V9X models) ...........................157
Removal and Installation for Front High-pressure LUBRICANT ..................................................... 191
A/C Pipe (YD models) ...........................................158 Maintenance of Lubricant Quantity in Compressor. 191
Removal and Installation for Front High-pressure
A/C Pipe (V9X models) ..........................................158
AIR CONDITIONER CONTROL ....................... 193
Description ............................................................ 193
Removal and Installation for Front Low-Pressure
Flexible A/C Hose (YD models) .............................159 Operation .............................................................. 193
Description of Control System .............................. 194
Flexible A/C Hose (V9X models) ...........................159 Control Operation .................................................. 195
Discharge Air Flow ................................................ 197
A/C Pipe (YD models) ...........................................159 System Description (Front) ................................... 198
ATC-2
System Description (Rear) .................................... 199 HEATER CORE ............................................... 298
CAN Communication System Description ............. 199 Component ............................................................ 298 A
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS ................................... 200
CONSULT-III Function (BCM) ............................... 200 HEATER PUMP ............................................... 300
CONSULT-III Function (HVAC) ............................. 200 B
How to Perform Trouble Diagnosis for Quick and
Accurate Repair .................................................... 201 INTAKE DOOR MOTOR ................................. 301
Component Parts and Harness Connector Loca- Removal and Installation ....................................... 301 C
tion ........................................................................ 202
Schematic ............................................................. 206
MODE DOOR MOTOR .................................... 302
Wiring Diagram - A/C - .......................................... 207 D
Front Air Control Terminal and Reference Value .. 217 AIR MIX DOOR MOTOR ................................. 303
A/C System Self-Diagnosis Function .................... 219 Component ............................................................ 303
Operational Check (Front) ..................................... 220 Removal and Installation ....................................... 303 E
Operational Check (Rear) ..................................... 223
Power Supply and Ground Circuit for Front Air VARIABLE BLOWER CONTROL ................... 305
Control ................................................................... 224 Removal and Installation ....................................... 305
Mode Door Motor Circuit ....................................... 225 F
Air Mix Door Motor Circuit ..................................... 229 REAR BLOWER MOTOR RESISTOR ............ 306
Intake Door Motor Circuit ...................................... 238 Removal and Installation ....................................... 306
Front Blower Motor Circuit .................................... 241 G
Rear Blower Motor Circuit ..................................... 247
DUCTS AND GRILLES ................................... 307
Rear Air Control Circuit ......................................... 252 Component ............................................................ 307
Magnet Clutch Circuit ............................................ 256 Removal and Installation ....................................... 309
H
Insufficient Cooling ................................................ 261 REFRIGERANT LINES ................................... 312
Insufficient Heating ................................................ 268 HFC-134a (R-134a) Service Procedure ................ 312
Noise ..................................................................... 269 Component ............................................................ 314
Self-Diagnosis ....................................................... 271 I
Removal and Installation for Compressor (YD
Memory Function .................................................. 271 models) .................................................................. 317
Ambient Sensor Circuit ......................................... 272 Removal and Installation for Compressor (V9X
In-vehicle Sensor Circuit ....................................... 274 models) .................................................................. 318 ATC
Sunload Sensor Circuit ......................................... 277 Removal and Installation of Compressor Clutch .. 319
Intake Sensor Circuit ............................................. 278 Removal and Installation for Front High-pressure
PTC Heater ........................................................... 280 Flexible A/C Hose (YD models) ............................. 320 K
CONTROL UNIT ............................................... 284 Removal and Installation for Front High-pressure
Flexible A/C Hose (V9X models) ........................... 320
Removal and Installation for Front High-pressure L
AMBIENT SENSOR ......................................... 285 A/C Pipe (YD models) ........................................... 321
Removal and Installation ....................................... 285 Removal and Installation for Front High-pressure
A/C Pipe (V9X models) .......................................... 321
IN-VEHICLE SENSOR ..................................... 286 Removal and Installation for Front Low-Pressure M
Removal and Installation ....................................... 286 Flexible A/C Hose (YD models) ............................. 322
SUNLOAD SENSOR ........................................ 287 Flexible A/C Hose (V9X models) ........................... 322 N
Removal and Installation ....................................... 287 Removal and Installation for Front Low-Pressure
INTAKE SENSOR ............................................ 288 A/C Pipe (YD models) ........................................... 322
Removal and Installation for Front Low-Pressure O
A/C Pipe (V9X models) .......................................... 323
BLOWER MOTOR ............................................ 289 Removal and Installation for Rear High- and Low-
Component ............................................................ 289 Pressure A/C Pipes ............................................... 323
Removal and Installation for Under-floor Rear P
High- and Low-Pressure A/C and Heater Core
AIR CONDITIONER FILTER ............................ 291 Pipes ...................................................................... 324
Removal and Installation ....................................... 291 Removal and Installation for Refrigerant Pressure
Sensor ................................................................... 324
HEATER & COOLING UNIT ASSEMBLY ....... 293 Removal and Installation for Condenser ............... 324
Component ............................................................ 293 Removal and Installation for Front Evaporator ...... 326
Removal and Installation ....................................... 295 Removal and Installation for Rear Evaporator ....... 327
ATC-3
Removal and Installation for Front Expansion Dye Injection ......................................................... 329
Valve ......................................................................328 Electronic Refrigerant Leak Detector .................... 330
Removal and Installation for Rear Expansion
Valve ......................................................................328 SERVICE DATA AND SPECIFICATIONS
Checking of Refrigerant Leaks ..............................329 (SDS) ................................................................ 333
Checking System for Leaks Using the Fluorescent Service Data and Specification (SDS) .................. 333
Leak Detector ........................................................329
ATC-4
PRECAUTIONS
< SERVICE INFORMATION > [WITH NAVIGATION SYSTEM]
SERVICE INFORMATION A
PRECAUTIONS
Precaution for Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) "AIR BAG" and "SEAT BELT B
PRE-TENSIONER" INFOID:0000000005952343
The Supplemental Restraint System such as “AIR BAG” and “SEAT BELT PRE-TENSIONER”, used along C
with a front seat belt, helps to reduce the risk or severity of injury to the driver and front passenger for certain
types of collision. Information necessary to service the system safely is included in the SRS and SB section of
this Service Manual.
WARNING: D
• To avoid rendering the SRS inoperative, which could increase the risk of personal injury or death in
the event of a collision which would result in air bag inflation, all maintenance must be performed by
an authorized NISSAN/INFINITI dealer. E
• Improper maintenance, including incorrect removal and installation of the SRS, can lead to personal
injury caused by unintentional activation of the system. For removal of Spiral Cable and Air Bag
Module, see the SRS section.
F
• Never use electrical test equipment on any circuit related to the SRS unless instructed to in this Ser-
vice Manual. SRS wiring harnesses can be identified by yellow and/or orange harnesses or harness
connectors.
G
Precaution for Working with HFC-134a (R-134a) INFOID:0000000005952344
WARNING: H
• CFC-12 (R-12) refrigerant and HFC-134a (R-134a) refrigerant are not compatible. These refrigerants
must never be mixed, even in the smallest amounts. If the refrigerants are mixed and compressor
malfunction is likely occur.
• Use only specified lubricant for the HFC-134a (R-134a) A/C system and HFC-134a (R-134a) compo- I
nents. If lubricant other than that specified is used, compressor malfunction is likely to occur.
• The specified HFC-134a (R-134a) lubricant rapidly absorbs moisture from the atmosphere. The fol-
lowing handling precautions must be observed: ATC
- When removing refrigerant components from a vehicle, immediately cap (seal) the component to
minimize the entry of moisture from the atmosphere.
- When installing refrigerant components to a vehicle, never remove the caps (unseal) until just before
connecting the components. Connect all refrigerant loop components as quickly as possible to min- K
imize the entry of moisture into system.
- Only use the specified lubricant from a sealed container. Immediately reseal containers of lubricant.
Without proper sealing, lubricant will become moisture saturated and should not be used. L
- Avoid breathing A/C refrigerant and lubricant vapor or mist. Exposure may irritate eyes, nose and
throat. Use only approved recovery/recycling equipment to discharge HFC-134a (R-134a) refrigerant.
If accidental system discharge occurs, ventilate work area before resuming service. Additional
health and safety information may be obtained from refrigerant and lubricant manufacturers. M
- Never allow lubricant (Nissan A/C System Oil Type S) to come in contact with styrofoam parts. Dam-
age may result.
N
Contaminated Refrigerant INFOID:0000000005952345
If a refrigerant other than pure HFC-134a (R-134a) is identified in a vehicle, your options are:
• Explain to the customer that environmental regulations prohibit the release of contaminated refrigerant into O
the atmosphere.
• Explain that recovery of the contaminated refrigerant could damage your service equipment and refrigerant
supply.
P
• Suggest the customer return the vehicle to the location of previous service where the contamination may
have occurred.
• If you choose to perform the repair, recover the refrigerant using only dedicated equipment and contain-
ers. Never recover contaminated refrigerant into your existing service equipment. If your facility does
not have dedicated recovery equipment, you may contact a local refrigerant product retailer for available ser-
vice. This refrigerant must be disposed of in accordance with all federal and local regulations. In addition,
replacement of all refrigerant system components on the vehicle is recommended.
ATC-5
PRECAUTIONS
• If the vehicle is within the warranty period, the air conditioner warranty is void. Please contact NISSAN Cus-
tomer Affairs for further assistance.
General Refrigerant Precaution INFOID:0000000005952346
WARNING:
• Never release refrigerant into the air. Use approved recovery/recycling equipment to capture the
refrigerant every time an air conditioning system is discharged.
• Always wear eye and hand protection (goggles and gloves) when working with any refrigerant or air
conditioning system.
• Never store or heat refrigerant containers above 52°C.
• Never heat a refrigerant container with an open flame; if container warming is required, place the
bottom of the container in a warm pail of water.
• Never intentionally drop, puncture, or incinerate refrigerant containers.
• Keep refrigerant away from open flames: poisonous gas will be produced if refrigerant burns.
• Refrigerant will displace oxygen, therefore be certain to work in well ventilated areas to prevent suf-
focation.
• Never pressure test or leak test HFC-134a (R-134a) service equipment and/or vehicle air conditioning
systems with compressed air during repair. Some mixtures of air and HFC-134a (R-134a) have been
shown to be combustible at elevated pressures. These mixtures, if ignited, may cause injury or prop-
erty damage. Additional health and safety information may be obtained from refrigerant manufactur-
ers.
Precaution for Battery Service (for V9X Models) INFOID:0000000006302467
When disconnect the battery cable, pay attention to the following.

• Always use a 12 volt battery as power source.
• Do not attempt to disconnect battery cables while engine is run-
ning.
• Before disconnecting battery cables, turn ignition switch OFF
and wait at least 4 minutes.
• After high-load driving, turn the ignition switch OFF and wait
for at least 15 minutes to remove the battery cable.
NOTE:
• Turbocharger cooling pump may operate in a few minutes after
the ignition switch is turned OFF.
SEF289H
• Example of high-load driving
- Driving for 30 minutes or more at 140 km/h (86 MPH) or more.
- Driving for 30 minutes or more on a steep slope.
Precaution for Refrigerant Connection INFOID:0000000005952347
A new type refrigerant connection has been introduced to all refrigerant lines except the following locations.
• Expansion valve to cooling unit
• Evaporator pipes to evaporator (inside cooling unit)
• Refrigerant pressure sensor
ABOUT ONE-TOUCH JOINT
Description
• One-touch joints are pipe joints which never require tools during piping connection.
• Unlike conventional connection methods using union nuts and flanges, controlling tightening torque at con-
nection point is not necessary.
• When removing a pipe joint, use a disconnector.
ATC-6
PRECAUTIONS
COMPONENT PARTS
A
RJIA0970E F
FUNCTIONS OF COMPONENT PARTS G
• Retains O-rings.
Pipe (Male side)
• Retains garter spring in cage. H
Garter spring Anchors female side piping.
When connection is made properly, this is ejected from male-side piping. (This part is no longer neces-
Indicator ring
sary after connection.) I
O-ring Seals connection point. (Not reusable)
• Seals connection by compressing O-rings.
Pipe (Female side) ATC
• Anchors piping connection using flare and garter spring.
NOTE:
• Garter spring cannot be removed from cage of male-side piping.
• Indicator ring remains near piping connection point, however, this is not a malfunction. (This is to check pip- K
ing connection during factory assembly.)
REMOVAL
L
SJIA0106E
1. Clean piping connection point, and set a disconnector.

2. Slide disconnector in axial direction of piping, and stretch garter spring with tapered point of disconnector.
3. Slide disconnector farther so that inside diameter of garter spring becomes larger than outside diameter of
female-side piping flare. Then male-side piping can be disconnected.
ATC-7
PRECAUTIONS
INSTALLATION
SJIA0107E
1. Clean piping connection points, and insert male-side piping into female-side piping.
2. Push inserted male-side piping harder so that female-side piping flare stretches garter spring.
3. If inside diameter of garter spring becomes larger than outside diameter of female-side piping flare, garter
spring seats on flare. Then, it fits in between male-side piping cage and female-side piping flare to anchor
piping connection point.
NOTICE:
When garter spring seats on flare, and fits in between male-side piping cage and female-side piping flare,
it clicks.
CAUTION:
• Female-side piping connection point is thin. So, when inserting male-side piping, take care not
to deform female-side piping. Slowly insert it in axial direction.
• Insert piping securely until a click is heard.
• After piping connection is completed, pull male-side piping by hand to make sure connection
does not come loose.
NOTE:
One-touch joint connection is used in points below.
• Low-pressure flexible hose to evaporator (O-ring size: 16)
• High-pressure flexible hose to condenser (O-ring size: 12)
• High-pressure pipe 1 to high-pressure pipe 2 (O-ring size: 8)
• High-pressure pipe 1 to condenser (O-ring size: 8)
FEATURES OF NEW TYPE REFRIGERANT CONNECTION
• The O-ring has been relocated. It has also been provided with a groove for proper installation. This elimi-
nates the chance of the O-ring being caught in, or damaged by, the mating part. The sealing direction of the
O-ring is now set vertically in relation to the contacting surface of the mating part to improve sealing charac-
teristics.
ATC-8
PRECAUTIONS
• The reaction force of the O-ring will not occur in the direction that causes the joint to pull out, thereby facili-
tating piping connections. A
F
SHA815E
O-RING AND REFRIGERANT CONNECTION

G
ATC
ATC-9
PRECAUTIONS
Front A/C Compressor and Condenser —LHD Models—
MJIB0151E
1. High-pressure service valve 2. Clip 3. Front high-pressure A/C pipe

4. Refrigerant pressure sensor 5. Condenser 6. Compressor shaft seal
7. Front high-pressure flexible A/C hose 8. Front low-pressure flexible A/C hose 9. Low-pressure service valve
10. Front low-pressure A/C pipe 11. Front expansion valve 12. Front A/C drain hose
ATC-10
PRECAUTIONS
Front A/C Compressor and Condenser —RHD Models—
A
ATC
L
MJIB0152E
1. High-pressure service valve 2. Clip 3. Front high-pressure A/C pipe M

10. Front low-pressure A/C pipe 11. Front expansion valve 12. Front A/C drain hose N
ATC-11
PRECAUTIONS
Rear A/C
WJIA1400E
1. Rear high- and low-pressure A/C pipes 2. Rear heater core hoses 3. Under-floor rear high- and low-pres-
sure A/C and heater core pipes
4. Rear expansion valve
CAUTION:
The new and former refrigerant connections use different O-ring configurations. Never confuse O-
rings since they are not interchangeable. If a wrong O-ring is installed, refrigerant will leak at or
around the connection.
O-Ring Part Numbers and Specifications
ATC-12
PRECAUTIONS
Connec- O-ring A
Part number* D mm (in) W mm (in)
tion type size
New 8 92471 N8210 6.8 (0.268) 1.85 (0.0728)
Former 10 J2476 89956 9.25 (0.3642) 1.78 (0.0701) B
New 92472 N8210 10.9 (0.429) 2.43 (0.0957)
12
Former 92475 71L00 11.0 (0.433) 2.4 (0.094)
C
New 92473 N8210 13.6 (0.535) 2.43 (0.0957)
16
Former 92475 72L00 14.3 (0.563) 2.3 (0.091)
New 92474 N8210 16.5 (0.650) 2.43 (0.0957) D
19
SHA814E Former 92477 N8200 17.12 (0.6740) 1.78 (0.0701)
New 24 92195 AH300 21.8 (0.858) 2.4 (0.094)
E
*: Always check with the Parts Department for the latest parts information.
WARNING:
Make sure all refrigerant is discharged into the recycling equipment and the pressure in the system is
less than atmospheric pressure. Then gradually loosen the discharge side hose fitting and remove it. F
CAUTION:
When replacing or cleaning refrigerant cycle components, observe the following.
• When the compressor is removed, store it in the same position as it is when mounted on the car. G
Failure to do so will cause lubricant to enter the low pressure chamber.
• When connecting tubes, always use a torque wrench and a back-up wrench.
• After disconnecting tubes, immediately plug all openings to prevent entry of dirt and moisture.
H
• When installing an air conditioner in the vehicle, connect the pipes as the final stage of the opera-
tion. Never remove the seal caps of pipes and other components until just before required for con-
nection.
• Allow components stored in cool areas to warm to working area temperature before removing seal I
caps. This prevents condensation from forming inside A/C components.
• Thoroughly remove moisture from the refrigeration system before charging the refrigerant.
• Always replace used O-rings.
ATC
• When connecting tube, apply lubricant to circle of the O-rings shown in illustration. Be careful not to
apply lubricant to threaded portion.
Lubricant name: Genuine NISSAN A/C System Lubricant Type S (DH-PS) or equivalent
Part number: KLH00-PAGS0 K
• O-ring must be closely attached to dented portion of tube.
• When replacing the O-ring, be careful not to damage O-ring and tube.
• Connect tube until you hear it click, then tighten the nut or bolt by hand until snug. Make sure that L
the O-ring is installed to tube correctly.
ATC-13
PRECAUTIONS
• After connecting line, conduct leak test and make sure that there is no leakage from connections.
When the gas leaking point is found, disconnect that line and replace the O-ring. Then tighten con-
nections of seal seat to the specified torque.
RHA861F
Precaution for Service of Compressor INFOID:0000000005952348
• Plug all openings to prevent moisture and foreign matter from entering.
• When the compressor is removed, store it in the same position as it is when mounted on the car.
• When replacing or repairing compressor, follow “Maintenance of Lubricant Quantity in Compressor”
exactly. Refer to ATC-170.
• Keep friction surfaces between clutch and pulley clean. If the surface is contaminated, with lubri-
cant, wipe it off by using a clean waste cloth moistened with thinner.
• After compressor service operation, turn the compressor shaft by hand more than five turns in both
directions. This will equally distribute lubricant inside the compressor. After the compressor is
installed, let the engine idle and operate the compressor for one hour.
• After replacing the compressor magnet clutch, apply voltage to the new one and check for usual
operation.
Precaution for Service Equipment INFOID:0000000005952349
RECOVERY/RECYCLING EQUIPMENT
Be certain to follow the manufacturer’s instructions for machine operation and machine maintenance. Never
introduce any refrigerant other than that specified into the machine.
ELECTRONIC LEAK DETECTOR
Be certain to follow the manufacturer’s instructions for tester operation and tester maintenance.
VACUUM PUMP
ATC-14
PRECAUTIONS
The lubricant contained inside the vacuum pump is not compatible
with the specified lubricant for HFC-134a (R-134a) A/C systems. A
The vent side of the vacuum pump is exposed to atmospheric pres-
sure. So the vacuum pump lubricant may migrate out of the pump
into the service hose. This is possible when the pump is switched off
B
after evacuation (vacuuming) and hose is connected to it.
To prevent this migration, use a manual valve placed near the hose-
to-pump connection, as follows.
• Usually vacuum pumps have a manual isolator valve as part of the C
pump. Close this valve to isolate the service hose from the pump.
• For pumps without an isolator, use a hose equipped with a manual
shut-off valve near the pump end. Close the valve to isolate the D
hose from the pump.
• If the hose has an automatic shut-off valve, disconnect the hose
from the pump. As long as the hose is connected, the valve is open
and lubricating oil may migrate. E
Some one-way valves open when vacuum is applied and close
under a no vacuum condition. Such valves may restrict the pump’s
ability to pull a deep vacuum and are not recommended. F
G
RHA270DA
MANIFOLD GAUGE SET

Be certain that the gauge face indicates HFC-134a or R-134a. Be H
sure the gauge set has 1/2″-16 ACME threaded connections for ser-
vice hoses. Confirm the set has been used only with refrigerant
HFC-134a (R-134a) and specified lubricants.
I
ATC
SHA533D K
SERVICE HOSES
Be certain that the service hoses display the markings described
(colored hose with black stripe). All hoses must include positive shut- L
off devices (either manual or automatic) near the end of the hoses
opposite the manifold gauge.
M
RHA272D
O
SERVICE COUPLERS
ATC-15
PRECAUTIONS
Never attempt to connect HFC-134a (R-134a) service couplers to an
CFC-12 (R-12) A/C system. The HFC-134a (R-134a) couplers will
not properly connect to the CFC-12 (R-12) system. However, if an
improper connection is attempted, discharging and contamination
may occur.
Shut-off valve rotation A/C service valve

Clockwise Open
Counterclockwise Close
RHA273D
REFRIGERANT WEIGHT SCALE

Verify that no refrigerant other than HFC-134a (R-134a) and speci-
fied lubricants have been used with the scale. If the scale controls
refrigerant flow electronically, the hose fitting must be 1/2″-16
ACME.
RHA274D
CALIBRATING ACR4 WEIGHT SCALE

Calibrate the scale every three months.
To calibrate the weight scale on the ACR4:
1. Press “Shift/Reset” and “Enter” at the same time.
2. Press “8787”. “A1” will be displayed.
3. Remove all weight from the scale.
4. Press “0”, then press “Enter”. “0.00” will be displayed and change to “A2”.
5. Place a known weight (dumbbell or similar weight), between 4.5 and 8.6 kg (10 and 19 lb.) on the center
of the weight scale.
6. Enter the known weight using four digits. (Example 10 lb. = 10.00, 10.5 lb. = 10.50)
7. Press “Enter” — the display returns to the vacuum mode.
9. Press “6” — the known weight on the scale is displayed.
10. Remove the known weight from the scale. “0.00” will be displayed.
11. Press “Shift/Reset” to return the ACR4 to the program mode.
CHARGING CYLINDER
Using a charging cylinder is not recommended. Refrigerant may be vented into air from cylinder’s top valve
when filling the cylinder with refrigerant. Also, the accuracy of the cylinder is generally less than that of an
electronic scale or of quality recycle/recharge equipment.
Precaution for Leak Detection Dye INFOID:0000000005952350
• The A/C system contains a fluorescent leak detection dye used for locating refrigerant leaks. An ultraviolet
(UV) lamp is required to illuminate the dye when inspecting for leaks.
• Always wear fluorescence enhancing UV safety goggles to protect your eyes and enhance the visibility of
the fluorescent dye.
• The fluorescent dye leak detector is not a replacement for an electronic refrigerant leak detector. The fluo-
rescent dye leak detector should be used in conjunction with an electronic refrigerant leak detector (J-
41995) to pin-point refrigerant leaks.
• For your safety and your customer’s satisfaction, read and follow all manufacture’s operating instructions
and precautions prior to performing the work.
• A compressor shaft seal should not be repaired because of dye seepage. The compressor shaft seal should
only be repaired after confirming the leak with an electronic refrigerant leak detector (J-41995).
ATC-16
PRECAUTIONS
• Always remove any remaining dye from the leak area after repairs are complete to avoid a misdiagnosis dur-
ing a future service. A
• Never allow dye to come into contact with painted body panels or interior components. If dye is spilled, clean
immediately with the approved dye cleaner. Fluorescent dye left on a surface for an extended period of time
cannot be removed.
B
• Never spray the fluorescent dye cleaning agent on hot surfaces (engine exhaust manifold, etc.).
• Never use more than one refrigerant dye bottle (1/4 ounce /7.4 cc) per A/C system.
• Leak detection dyes for HFC-134a (R-134a) and CFC-12 (R-12) A/C systems are different. Never use HFC-
134a (R-134a) leak detection dye in CFC-12 (R-12) A/C system or CFC-12 (R-12) leak detector dye in HFC- C
134a (R-134a) A/C systems or A/C system damage may result.
• The fluorescent properties of the dye will remain for over three (3) years unless a compressor malfunction
occurs. D
IDENTIFICATION
NOTE:
Vehicles with factory installed fluorescent dye have a green label. E
Vehicles without factory installed fluorescent dye have a blue label.
IDENTIFICATION LABEL FOR VEHICLE
Vehicles with factory installed fluorescent dye have this identification F
label on the front side of hood.
MJIB0432E I
ATC
ATC-17
PREPARATION
PREPARATION
HFC-134a (R-134a) Service Tool and Equipment INFOID:0000000005952351
Never mix HFC-134a (R-134a) refrigerant and/or its specified lubricant with CFC-12 (R-12) refrigerant and/or
its lubricant.
Separate and non-interchangeable service equipment must be used for handling each type of refrigerant/lubri-
cant.
Refrigerant container fittings, service hose fittings and service equipment fittings (equipment which handles
refrigerant and/or lubricant) are different between CFC-12 (R-12) and HFC-134a (R-134a). This is to avoid
mixed use of the refrigerants/lubricant.
Adapters that convert one size fitting to another must never be used: refrigerant/lubricant contamination will
occur and compressor malfunction will result.
Tool number
Description
Tool name
Container color: Light blue

Container marking: HFC-134a (R-
HFC-134a (R-134a) refrigerant 134a)
Fitting size: Thread size
• Large container 1/2″-16 ACME
S-NT196
Type: Polyalkylene glycol oil (PAG),

type S (DH-PS)
KLH00-PAGS0
Application: HFC-134a (R-134a) wob-
Nissan A/C System Oil Type S
ble (swash) plate compressors (Nissan
(DH-PS)
only)
Lubricity: 40 m (1.4 Imp fl oz.)
S-NT197
Recovery/Recycling/ Function: Refrigerant recovery and re-

Recharging equipment (ACR4) cycling and recharging
RJIA0195E
Power supply:
Electrical leak detector
DC 12V (Cigarette lighter)
SHA705EB
ATC-18
PREPARATION
Tool number
Description
Tool name A
(J-43926)
Refrigerant dye leak detection kit
Kit includes: B
(J-42220)
UV lamp and UV safety goggles
(J-41459)
HFC-134a (R-134a) dye injector Power supply: C
Use with J-41447, 1/4 ounce bottle DC 12V (Battery terminal)
(J-41447)
HFC-134a (R-134a) fluorescent
leak detection dye D
(Box of 24, 1/4 ounce bottles)
(J-43872) ZHA200H
Refrigerant dye cleaner
E
Power supply:
DC 12V (Battery terminal)
(J-42220) For checking refrigerant leak when flu- F
UV lamp and UV safety goggles orescent dye is installed in A/C system
Includes:
G
SHA438F
Application: For HFC-134a (R-134a) H

(J-41447) PAG oil
HFC-134a (R-134a) fluorescent Container: 1/4 ounce (7.4 cc) bottle
leak detection dye (Includes self-adhesive dye identifica-
(Box of 24, 1/4 ounce bottles) tion labels for affixing to vehicle after I
charging system with dye.)
SHA439F
ATC
(J-41459)
For injecting 1/4 ounce of fluorescent
HFC-134a (R-134a) dye injector K
leak detection dye into A/C system.
Use with J-41447, 1/4 ounce bottle
SHA440F L
M
(J-43872)
For cleaning dye spills.
N
SHA441F
Identification:
• The gauge face indicates HFC-134a P
Manifold gauge set (with hoses
(R-134a).
and couplers)
• 1/2″-16 ACME
RJIA0196E
ATC-19
PREPARATION
Tool number
Description
Tool name
Hose color:
• Low hose: Blue with black stripe
Service hoses
• High hose: Red with black stripe
• High-pressure side hose
• Utility hose: Yellow with black stripe
• Low-pressure side hose
or green with black stripe
• Utility hose
Hose fitting to gauge:
• 1/2″-16 ACME
S-NT201
Service couplers Hose fitting to service hose:

• High-pressure side coupler M14 x 1.5 fitting is optional or perma-
• Low-pressure side coupler nently attached.
S-NT202
For measuring of refrigerant

Refrigerant weight scale Fitting size: Thread size
1/2″-16 ACME
S-NT200
Capacity:
• Air displacement: 4 CFM
Vacuum pump • Micron rating: 20 microns
(Including the isolator valve) • Oil capacity: 482 g (17 oz.)
• 1/2″-16 ACME
S-NT203
ATC-20
REFRIGERATION SYSTEM
A
Refrigerant Cycle INFOID:0000000005952352
REFRIGERANT FLOW B
The refrigerant flows in the standard pattern, that is, through the compressor, the condenser with liquid tank,
through the front and rear evaporator, and back to the compressor. The refrigerant evaporation through the
evaporator coils are controlled by front and rear externally equalized expansion valves, located inside the front C
and rear evaporator case.
FREEZE PROTECTION
Under usual operating conditions, when the A/C is switched ON, the compressor runs continuously, and the D
evaporator pressure, and therefore, temperature is controlled by the V-6 variable displacement compressor to
prevent freeze up.
Refrigerant System Protection INFOID:0000000005952353 E
REFRIGERANT PRESSURE SENSOR

The refrigerant system is protected against excessively high or low pressures by the refrigerant pressure sen- F
sor, located on the condenser. If the system pressure rises above or falls below the specifications, the refriger-
ant pressure sensor detects the pressure inside the refrigerant line and sends a voltage signal to the ECM.
The ECM de-energizes the A/C relay to disengage the magnetic compressor clutch when pressure on the high G
pressure side detected by refrigerant pressure sensor is over about 2,746 kPa (28 kg/cm2, 398 psi), or below
about 120 kPa (1.22 kg/cm2, 17.4 psi).
PRESSURE RELIEF VALVE H
The refrigerant system is also protected by a pressure relief valve, located in the rear head of the compressor.
When the pressure of refrigerant in the system increases to an abnormal level [more than 2,990 kPa (30.5 kg/
I
ATC
ATC-21
cm2, 433.6 psi)], the release port on the pressure relief valve automatically opens and releases refrigerant into
the atmosphere.
WJIA0578E
Component INFOID:0000000005952354
FRONT REFRIGERATION SYSTEM
ATC-22
ATC
MJIB0209E
P
1. Defroster nozzle 2. LH side demister duct 3. LH ventilator duct
4. RH side demister duct 5. RH ventilator duct 6. Center ventilation duct
7. Front heater and cooling unit assembly 8. Floor connector duct grilles 9. Floor connector duct
10. Front floor duct 11. Rear floor duct
REAR REFRIGERATION SYSTEM
ATC-23
LJIA0156E
1. Side rear floor duct 2. Rear heater and cooling unit assembly 3. Rear lower overhead duct
4. Rear upper overhead duct
ATC-24
LUBRICANT
LUBRICANT
A
Maintenance of Lubricant Quantity in Compressor INFOID:0000000005952355
The lubricant in the compressor circulates through the system with the refrigerant. Add lubricant to compres- B
sor when replacing any component or after a large refrigerant leakage has occurred. It is important to maintain
the specified amount.
If lubricant quantity is not maintained properly, the following malfunctions may result:
• Lack of lubricant: May lead to a seized compressor C
• Excessive lubricant: Inadequate cooling (thermal exchange interference)
LUBRICANT
D
Name: NISSAN A/C System Lubricant Type S (DH-PS) or equivalent
Part number: KLH00-PAGS0
CHECKING AND ADJUSTING E
CAUTION:
If excessive lubricant leakage is noted, never perform the lubricant return operation.
Start the engine and set the following conditions:
F
Test Condition
• Engine speed: Idling to 1,200 rpm
• A/C switch: On
• Blower speed: Max. position G
• Temp. control: Optional [Set so that intake air temperature is 25° to 30° C (77° to 86°F)]
• Intake position: Recirculation ( )
• Perform lubricant return operation for about ten minutes H
Adjust the lubricant quantity according to the following table.
Lubricant Adjusting Procedure for Components Replacement Except Compressor
After replacing any of the following major components, add the correct amount of lubricant to the system. I
Amount of lubricant to be added:
Lubricant to be added to system ATC

Part replaced Amount of lubricant Remarks
m (Imp fl oz)
K
Front evaporator 75 (2.6) —
Rear evaporator 75 (2.6) —
Condenser 75 (2.6) — L
Liquid tank 5 (0.2) Add if compressor is not replaced.
30 (1.1) Large leak
In case of refrigerant leak M
— Small leak *1
• *1: If refrigerant leak is small, no addition of lubricant is needed.
Lubricant Adjustment Procedure for Compressor Replacement N

1. Before connecting recovery/recycling equipment to vehicle, check recovery/recycling equipment gauges.
No refrigerant pressure should be displayed. If NG, recover refrigerant from equipment lines.
2. Discharge refrigerant into the refrigerant recovery/recycling equipment. Measure lubricant discharged into O
the recovery/recycling equipment.
3. Drain the lubricant from the “old” (removed) compressor into a graduated container and recover the
amount of lubricant drained. P
4. Drain the lubricant from the “new” compressor into a separate, clean container.
5. Measure an amount of new lubricant installed equal to amount drained from “old” compressor. Add this
lubricant to “new” compressor through the suction port opening.
6. Measure an amount of new lubricant equal to the amount recovered during discharging. Add this lubricant
to “new” compressor through the suction port opening.
7. If the liquid tank also needs to be replaced, add an additional 5 m (0.2 Imp fl oz) of lubricant at this time.
ATC-25
LUBRICANT
Never add this 5 m (0.2 Imp fl oz) of lubricant if only replacing the compressor.
RHA065DI
ATC-26
AUTOMATIC AIR CONDITIONER SYSTEM
A
Control System Diagram INFOID:0000000005952489
CONTROL SYSTEM B
The control system consists of input sensors, switches, the A/C auto amp. (microcomputer) and outputs.
The relationship of these components is shown in the figure below:
C
ATC
N
JMIIA0636GB
Control System Description INFOID:0000000005952490

O
CONTROL OPERATION
P
ATC-27
A/C Auto Amp.
AWIIA0081ZZ
DISPLAY SCREEN
Displays the operational status of the system.
AUTO SWITCH
• Pressing the AUTO switch will illuminate the LED and "Auto" will be visible on the display. The A/C indicator
will illuminate.
• The A/C compressor, intake door, air mix doors, outlet doors and blower speed are automatically controlled
so that the in-vehicle temperature will reach, and be maintained at the set temperature selected by the oper-
ator.
• When pressing AUTO switch, air inlet, air outlet, blower speed, and discharge air temperature are automati-
cally controlled.
• A partial AUTO mode can be achieved by only changing the blower speed or by changing the mode position.
If both the blower speed and the mode positions are changed, the AUTO mode will be cancelled.
TEMPERATURE CONTROL DIAL (DRIVER)
Increases or decreases the set temperature.
TEMPERATURE CONTROL DIAL (PASSENGER)
RECIRCULATION ( ) SWITCH
• When REC switch is ON, REC switch indicator turns ON, and air inlet is set to REC.
• When REC switch is turned OFF, or when compressor is turned from ON to OFF, REC switch is automati-
cally turned OFF. REC mode can be re-entered by pressing REC switch again.
• REC switch is not operated when DEF switch is turned ON, at the D/F position, or in floor position.
DEFROSTER ( ) SWITCH
Positions the air outlet doors to the defrost position. Also positions the intake doors to the outside air position,
and turns A/C compressor ON.
REAR WINDOW DEFOGGER SWITCH
When switch is ON, rear window and door mirrors are defogged.
OFF SWITCH
The A/C compressor and blower are OFF, the intake doors are set to the outside air position, and the air outlet
doors are set to the foot (75% foot and 25% defrost) position.
A/C SWITCH
The compressor is ON or OFF.
(Pressing the A/C switch when the AUTO switch is ON will turn off the A/C switch and compressor.)
MODE SWITCH
Controls the air discharge outlets.
ATC-28
REAR BLOWER CONTROL SWITCHES
Manually control the blower speed. A
Rear Air Controls
B
AWIIA0224ZZ
F
1. Rear air control (front) 2. Rear air control (rear)

G
TEMPERATURE CONTROL DIAL (TEMPERATURE AND MODE CONTROL)
The temperature increases or decreases the set temperature. The mode also changes from foot at full hot set-
ting, to foot/vent at mid-range (warm) setting, and then to vent at full cold setting. H
REAR BLOWER CONTROL DIAL (FRONT)
When the REAR CTRL switch is in the off (indicator off) the rear air control (front) controls the rear blower
motor speed regardless of the rear air control (rear) blower control dial (rear) position. The rear air control I
(front) controls the blower motor speed.
REAR BLOWER CONTROL DIAL (REAR)
When the REAR CTRL switch is on (indicator on) the rear air control (rear) controls the rear blower motor ATC
speed regardless of the rear air control (front) blower control dial (front) position. The rear air control (rear)
controls the blower motor speed.
K
MAGNET CLUTCH CONTROL
AWIIA0089GB
When A/C switch or DEF switch is pressed, A/C auto amp. inputs compressor ON signal to BCM.
BCM sends compressor ON signal to ECM and A/C auto amp., via CAN communication line.
ATC-29
ECM judges whether compressor can be turned ON, based on each sensor status (refrigerant pressure sen-
sor signal, throttle angle sensor, etc.). If it judges compressor can be turned ON, it sends compressor ON sig-
nal to IPDM E/R, via CAN communication line.
Upon receipt of compressor ON signal from ECM, IPDM E/R turns A/C relay ON to operate compressor.
Discharge Air Flow INFOID:0000000005952491
FRONT
Mode door posi- Air outlet/distribution

tion Vent Foot Defroster
100 % 0% —
60 % 40 % —
18 % 64 % 18 %
14 % 53 % 33 %
— 13 % 87 %
LJIA0172E
REAR
Air outlet/distribution
Air temp.
Vent Foot
COOL 80 % 20 %
MID 80 % 20 %
HOT 80 % 20 %
MJIB0154E
ATC-30
Switches And Their Control Function (Front) INFOID:0000000005952492
I
WJIA1680E
ATC
AWIIA0236GB
ATC-31
Switches And Their Control Function (Rear) INFOID:0000000005952493
AWIIA0239GB
AWIIA0240GB
ATC-32
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
A
CONSULT-III Function (HVAC) INFOID:0000000005952494
CONSULT-III can display each diagnostic item using the diagnostic test modes shown following. B
Diagnostic mode Description

SELF-DIAG RESULTS Displays A/C auto amp. self-diagnosis results. C
DATA MONITOR Displays A/C auto amp. input/output data in real time.
CAN DIAG SUPPORT MNTR The result of transmit/receive diagnosis of CAN communication can be read.
ECU PART NUMBER A/C auto amp. part number can be read. D
SELF-DIAGNOSIS
Display Item List E
DTC Description F
Reference page
B2573 Battery voltage out of range SC-5, "Battery Test and Charging Chart"
B2578 In-vehicle sensor circuit out of range (low)
ATC-100, "In-vehicle Sensor" G
B2579 In-vehicle sensor circuit out of range (high)
B257B Ambient sensor circuit short
ATC-98, "Ambient Sensor"
B257C Ambient sensor circuit open H
B257F Sunload sensor (Driver) circuit open or short
ATC-103, "Sunload Sensor".
B2580 Sunload sensor (Passenger) circuit open or short
I
B2581 Intake sensor circuit short
ATC-104, "Intake Sensor"
B2582 Intake sensor circuit open
U1000 CAN bus fault LAN-4, "CAN Communication System" ATC
DATA MONITOR
K
Display Item List
Monitor item Value Contents

L
BATT VIA CAN "V" Displays battery voltage signal.
IGN VIA CAN "ON/OFF" Displays ignition switch signal.
DVR SUNLD SEN "w/m2" Displays optical sensor (driver) signal. M
PAS SUNLD SEN "w/m2" Displays optical sensor (passenger) signal.
AMB TEMP SEN "°C/°F" Displays ambient sensor signal.
N
EVAP TEMP SEN "°C/°F" Displays intake sensor signal.
INCAR TMP SEN "°C/°F" Displays in-vehicle sensor signal.
RR TEMPSET FR "V" Displays air mix door (front) set point signal. O
RR TEMPSET RR "V" Displays air mix door (rear) set point signal.
MODE FDBCK "V" Displays mode door motor feedback signal.
DVR MIX FDBCK "V" Displays air mix door motor (driver) feedback signal. P
PAS MIX FDBCK "V" Displays air mix door motor (passenger) feedback signal.
RR FDBCK "V" Displays air mix door motor (rear) feedback signal.
CONSULT-III Function (BCM) INFOID:0000000005952364
CONSULT-III can display each diagnostic item using the diagnostic test modes shown following.
ATC-33
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
BCM diagnostic
test item
Supports inspections and adjustments. Commands are transmitted to the BCM for
WORK SUPPORT setting the status suitable for required operation, input/output signals are received
from the BCM and received data is displayed.
DATA MONITOR Displays BCM input/output data in real time.
ACTIVE TEST Operation of electrical loads can be checked by sending drive signal to them.
Inspection by part
SELF-DIAG RESULTS Displays BCM self-diagnosis results.
ECU PART NUMBER BCM part number can be read.
CONFIGURATION Performs BCM configuration read/write functions.
DATA MONITOR
Monitor item name

Contents
“OPERATION OR UNIT”
IGN ON SW “ON/OFF” Displays “IGN Position (ON)/OFF, ACC Position (OFF)” status as judged from ignition switch signal.
COMP ON SIG “ON/OFF” Displays “COMP (ON)/COMP (OFF)” status as judged from air conditioner switch signal.
FAN ON SIG “ON/OFF” Displays “FAN (ON)/FAN (OFF)” status as judged from blower motor switch signal.
A/C Auto Amp. Self-Diagnosis INFOID:0000000005952495
A/C SYSTEM SELF-DIAGNOSIS FUNCTION

The self-diagnosis function is built into the A/C auto amp. to quickly locate the cause of malfunctions.
DESCRIPTION
The self-diagnostic system diagnoses sensors, CAN system, and battery voltage on A/C auto amp. Refer to
applicable sections (items) for details. Fault codes (if any are present) will be displayed in the ambient temper-
ature display area. Refer to ATC-35, "A/C System Self-Diagnosis Code Chart".
SELF-DIAGNOSTIC MODE
NOTE:
Radio must be OFF.
1. Turn the ignition switch ON.

2. On the A/C and AV switch assembly, press the "SETTING" but-
ton and twist the volume knob clockwise and counterclockwise
until the Self-Diagnosis screen shows on the display.
3. Scroll down to "Confirmation/Adjustment" and press the
"ENTER" button.
4. Scroll down to "Climate Control" and press the "ENTER" button.
5. The fan bars will flash on the display during the self-test, and
then the fault codes will display in the ambient temperature area.
They will continue scrolling until diagnostic mode is exited.
AWNIA0098ZZ
ATC-34
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
6. Exit by pressing the "BACK" button on A/C and AV switch assembly until display returns to its normal
operation screen. HVAC system will be OFF or by turning the ignition switch OFF. A
F
AWIIA0081ZZ
A/C and AV Switch Assembly Self-Diagnosis INFOID:0000000005952496

G
A/C and AV switch assembly self-diagnosis function
The ON/OFF operation (continuity) of each switch in the A/C and AV switch assembly can be checked.
H
Self-diagnosis mode
• Press the “BACK” switch and the “UP” switch within 10 seconds
after turning the ignition switch from OFF to ACC and hold them for
3 seconds or more. Then the buzzer sounds, all indicators of the I
preset switch illuminate, and the self-diagnosis mode starts.
• The continuity of each switch and control dials (A/C and AV switch
assembly only) at the ON position can be checked by pressing ATC
each switch and turning each control dial. The buzzer sounds and
LED's will illuminate if the switch is normal.
K
AWIIA0171GB
Finishing self-diagnosis mode L

Self-diagnosis mode is canceled when turning the ignition switch OFF.
A/C System Self-Diagnosis Code Chart INFOID:0000000005952497
M
SELF-DIAGNOSTIC CODE CHART
N
Code No. Reference page
02 EE changed by calibration ATC-120, "Removal and Installation"
03 Battery voltage out of range SC-16, "Trouble Diagnosis" O
12 Passenger air mix door open/short/out of limits ATC-63, "Air Mix Door Motor" (passenger)
22 Driver air mix door open/short ATC-63, "Air Mix Door Motor" (driver)
30 In-vehicle sensor circuit out of range (low) P
ATC-100, "In-vehicle Sensor"
31 In-vehicle sensor circuit out of range (high)
38 Air mix door motor (rear) circuit failure ATC-89, "Rear Air Control System"
40 Ambient sensor circuit short
ATC-98, "Ambient Sensor"
41 Ambient sensor circuit open
ATC-35
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
Code No. Reference page
44 Intake door motor open
ATC-71, "Intake Door Motor"
46 Intake door motor short
50 Sunload sensor (Driver) circuit open or short
ATC-103, "Sunload Sensor"
52 Sunload sensor (Passenger) circuit open or short
56 Intake sensor circuit short
ATC-104, "Intake Sensor"
57 Intake sensor circuit open
80 CAN bus fault
LAN-14, "Trouble Diagnosis Flow Chart"
81 BCM message missing
82 Intake door motor circuit malfunction ATC-71, "Intake Door Motor"
90 Stuck button ATC-120, "Removal and Installation"
92 Mode door motor circuit malfunction ATC-57, "Mode Door Motor"
How to Perform Trouble Diagnosis For Quick And Accurate Repair INFOID:0000000005952501
WORK FLOW
1.LISTEN TO CUSTOMER COMPLAINT
Listen to customer complaint. Get detailed information about the conditions and environment when the symp-
tom occurs.
>> GO TO 2
2.CHECK FOR SERVICE BULLETINS
Check for any service bulletins.
>> GO TO 3.
3.VERIFY THE SYMPTOM WITH OPERATIONAL CHECK
Verify the symptom with operational check. Refer to ATC-36, "Operational Check (Front)" and ATC-38, "Oper-
ational Check (Rear)".
Can a symptom be duplicated?
YES >> GO TO 4
NO >> GO TO 5
4.GO TO APPROPRIATE TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
Go to appropriate trouble diagnosis. Refer to ATC-39, "Symptom Matrix Chart".
>> GO TO 5.
5.PERFORM THE A/C AUTO AMP SELF-DIAGNOSIS
Perform A/C auto amp. self-diagnosis. Refer to ATC-34, "A/C Auto Amp. Self-Diagnosis".
>> If any diagnostic trouble codes set. Refer to ATC-35, "A/C System Self-Diagnosis Code Chart".
>> Confirm the repair by performing operational check. Refer to ATC-36, "Operational Check (Front)"
and ATC-38, "Operational Check (Rear)".
Operational Check (Front) INFOID:0000000005987277
The purpose of the operational check is to confirm that the system operates properly.
Conditions : Engine running at normal operating temperature
CHECKING MEMORY FUNCTION
ATC-36
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
1. Set the temperature to 32°C (90°F).
2. Press the OFF switch. A
3. Turn ignition switch OFF.
4. Turn ignition switch ON.
B
5. Press the AUTO switch.
6. Confirm that the set temperature remains at previous temperature.
C
7. Press the OFF switch.
If NG, go to trouble diagnosis procedure for ATC-119, "Memory Function Check".
If OK, continue with next check. D
CHECKING BLOWER
1. Press the blower speed control switch (+) once, blower should operate on low speed. The fan display
should have one bar lit (on display). E
2. Press the blower speed control switch (+) again, and continue checking blower speed and fan display until
all speeds are checked.
3. Leave blower on maximum speed. F
If NG, go to trouble diagnosis procedure for ATC-74, "Front Blower Motor".
If OK, continue with next check.
G
CHECKING DISCHARGE AIR
1. Press MODE switch four times and the DEF switch.
2. Each position indicator should change shape (on display). H
3. Confirm that discharge air comes out according to the air distribution table. Refer to ATC-30, "Discharge
Air Flow". I
Mode door position is checked in the next step.
If NG, go to trouble diagnosis procedure for ATC-57, "Mode Door Motor".
If OK, continue the check.
ATC
NOTE:
Confirm that the compressor clutch is engaged (sound or visual inspection) and intake door position is at
fresh when the FOOT, DEF or D/F is selected.
K
CHECKING RECIRCULATION ( , ONLY)
1. Press recirculation ( ) switch one time. Recirculation indicator should illuminate.
2. Press recirculation ( ) switch one more time. Recirculation indicator should go off. L
3. Listen for intake door position change (blower sound should change slightly).
If NG, go to trouble diagnosis procedure for ATC-71, "Intake Door Motor".
If OK, continue the check. M
NOTE:
Confirm that the compressor clutch is engaged (sound or visual inspection) and intake door position is at fresh
when the FOOT, DEF or D/F is selected. REC ( ) is not allowed in DEF ( ) D/F ( ) or FOOT ( ). N
CHECKING TEMPERATURE DECREASE
1. Rotate temperature control dial (drive or passenger) counterclockwise until 18°C (60°F) is displayed.
2. Check for cold air at appropriate discharge air outlets. O
If NG, listen for sound of air mix door motor operation. If OK, go to trouble diagnosis procedure for ATC-109,
"Insufficient Cooling". If air mix door motor appears to be malfunctioning, go to ATC-63, "Air Mix Door Motor".
If OK, continue the check. P
CHECKING TEMPERATURE INCREASE
1. Rotate temperature control dial clockwise (drive or passenger) until 32°C (90°F) is displayed.
2. Check for hot air at appropriate discharge air outlets.
"Insufficient Heating". If air mix door motor appears to be malfunctioning, go to ATC-63, "Air Mix Door Motor".
ATC-37
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
CHECK A/C SWITCH
1. Press A/C switch when AUTO switch is ON, or in manual mode.
2. A/C switch indicator will turn ON.
• Confirm that the compressor clutch engages (sound or visual inspection).
NOTE:
If current mode setting is DEF or D/F, compressor clutch will already be engaged and cannot be turned off.
If NG, go to trouble diagnosis procedure for ATC-94, "Magnet Clutch".
CHECKING AUTO MODE
1. Press AUTO switch.
2. Display should indicate AUTO.
• If ambient temperature is warm, and selected temperature is cool, confirm that the compressor clutch
engages (sound or visual inspection). (Discharge air and blower speed will depend on ambient, in-vehi-
cle, and set temperatures.)
If NG, go to trouble diagnosis procedure for ATC-56, "A/C Auto Amp Power and Ground Circuit", then if neces-
sary, trouble diagnosis procedure for ATC-94, "Magnet Clutch".
If all operational checks are OK (symptom cannot be duplicated), go to malfunction Simulation Tests in ATC-
36, "How to Perform Trouble Diagnosis For Quick And Accurate Repair" and perform tests as outlined to sim-
ulate driving conditions environment. If symptom appears. Refer to ATC-39, "Symptom Matrix Chart", and
perform applicable trouble diagnosis procedures.
Operational Check (Rear) INFOID:0000000005987278
Conditions : Engine running at normal operating temperature
CHECKING REAR BLOWER MOTOR

1. Turn the ignition switch ON.
2. Rotate rear air control (front) blower control dial to low speed.
3. Rotate the blower control dial clockwise and continue checking blower speed until all speeds are checked.
4. Leave blower on maximum speed.
5. Press the REAR CTRL switch from the rear air control (front).
6. Rotate rear air control (rear) blower control dial to low speed.
7. Rotate the blower control dial clockwise and continue checking blower speed until all speeds are checked.
8. Leave blower on maximum speed.
If NG, go to trouble diagnosis procedure for ATC-81, "Rear Blower Motor".
CHECKING REAR TEMPERATURE DECREASE
1. Press the REAR CTRL switch (indicator off).
2. Rotate the rear air control (front) temperature control dial counterclockwise to maximum cold.
3. Check for cold air at appropriate discharge air outlets.
4. Press the REAR CTRL switch (indicator on) from the rear air control (front).
5. Rotate the rear air control (rear) temperature control dial counterclockwise to maximum cold.
If NG, listen for sound of air mix door motor operation. If OK, go to trouble diagnosis procedure for ATC-63, "Air
Mix Door Motor". If air mix door motor appears to be malfunctioning, go to ATC-89, "Rear Air Control System".
CHECKING REAR TEMPERATURE INCREASE

1. Press the REAR CTRL switch (indicator off).
2. Rotate the rear air control (front) temperature control dial clockwise to maximum heat.
ATC-38
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
4. Press the REAR CTRL switch (indictor on) from the rear air control (front).
5. Rotate the rear air control (rear) temperature control dial clockwise to maximum heat. A
"Insufficient Heating". If air mix door motor appears to be malfunctioning, go to ATC-89, "Rear Air Control Sys- B
tem".
If NG, go to trouble diagnosis procedure for ATC-116, "Insufficient Heating".
If all operational checks are OK (symptom cannot be duplicated), go to ATC-36, "How to Perform Trouble C
Diagnosis For Quick And Accurate Repair" and perform tests as outlined. If symptom appears, refer to ATC-
39, "Symptom Matrix Chart" and perform applicable trouble diagnosis procedures.
Symptom Matrix Chart INFOID:0000000005952503 D
SYMPTOM TABLE
E
Symptom Reference Page
A/C system does not come on. Go to Trouble Diagnosis Procedure for A/C System. ATC-56
A/C system display is malfunctioning. Go to AV System. AV-37, AV-157 F
A/C system cannot be controlled. Go to Self-diagnosis Function. ATC-34
Air outlet does not change.
Go to Trouble Diagnosis Procedure for Mode Door Motor. ATC-57 G
Mode door motor is malfunctioning.
Discharge air temperature does not change.
Go to Trouble Diagnosis Procedure for Air Mix Door Motor. ATC-63
Air mix door motor is malfunctioning. H
Intake door does not change.
Go to Trouble Diagnosis Procedure for Intake Door Motor. ATC-71
Intake door motor is malfunctioning.
I
Front blower motor operation is malfunction-
Go to Trouble Diagnosis Procedure for Front Blower Motor. ATC-74
ing.
Rear blower motor operation is malfunction-
Go to Trouble Diagnosis Procedure for Rear Blower Motor. ATC-81 ATC
ing.
Rear discharge air temperature and/or air
Go to Trouble Diagnosis Procedure for Rear Air Control system. ATC-89
outlet does not change.
K
Magnet clutch does not engage. Go to Trouble Diagnosis Procedure for Magnet Clutch. ATC-94
Insufficient cooling Go to Trouble Diagnosis Procedure for Insufficient Cooling. ATC-109
Insufficient heating Go to Trouble Diagnosis Procedure for Insufficient Heating. ATC-116 L
Noise Go to Trouble Diagnosis Procedure for Noise. ATC-118
Self-diagnosis cannot be performed. Go to Trouble Diagnosis Procedure for Self-diagnosis. ATC-56
M
Memory function does not operate. Go to Trouble Diagnosis Procedure for Memory Function. ATC-119
Component Parts and Harness Connector Location INFOID:0000000005952366
N
ENGINE COMPARTMENT
ATC-39
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
JMIIA0596ZZ
1. Refrigerant pressure sensor 2. Ambient sensor 3. Compressor

(View with battery removed)
: Front
FRONT PASSENGER COMPARTMENT
ATC-40
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
ATC
L
AWIIA0221ZZ
1. A/C Auto amp. 2. In-vehicle sensor 3. Intake sensor M

4. Intake door motor 5. Variable blower control (front) 6. Air mix door motor (driver)
7. Mode door motor (front) 8. Air mix door motor (passenger) 9. Sunload sensor
:Front N
REAR PASSENGER COMPARTMENT

O
ATC-41
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
AWIIA0222ZZ
1. Rear air control (front) 2. Rear air control (rear) 3. Rear blower motor
4. Variable blower control (rear) 5. Air mix door motor (rear)
ATC-42
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
Schematic INFOID:0000000005952369
ATC
JMJWA0143GB
P
ATC-43
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
Wiring Diagram - A/C - INFOID:0000000005952370
JMJWA0144GB
ATC-44
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
ATC
JMJWA0060GB
ATC-45
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
JMJWA0061GB
ATC-46
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
ATC
JMJWA0062GB
ATC-47
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
JMJWA0063GB
ATC-48
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
ATC
JMJWA0064GB
ATC-49
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
JMJWA0065GB
ATC-50
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
ATC
JMJWA0066GB
ATC-51
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
JMJWA0067GB
ATC-52
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
ATC
JMJWA0068GB
ATC-53
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
JMJWA0069GB
ATC-54
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
Terminals and Reference Values for A/C Auto Amp. INFOID:0000000005952511
A
Measure voltage between each terminal and ground by following
Terminals and Reference Values for A/C auto amp. (1).
B
D
AWIIA0170ZZ
A/C AUTO AMP. HARNESS CONNECTOR TERMINAL LAYOUT

E
AWIIA0840ZZ
H
TERMINALS AND REFERENCE VALUES FOR A/C AUTO AMP.
Terminal Wire Ignition Voltage (V)

No. color
Item
switch
Condition
(Approx.)
I
1 G Sunload sensor (driver) ON - 0-5

2 LG Air mix door motor (passenger) CCW ON - 0-5 ATC
3 P V ref ACTR (ground) ON - 5
ON A/C switch OFF 5
4 W Compressor ON signal
ON A/C switch ON 0 K
ON Blower switch OFF 5
5 LG Fan ON signal
ON Blower switch ON 0
L
6 SB Air mix door motor (driver) feedback ON - 0-5
7 V Mode door motor (front) feedback ON - 0-5
8 G Illumination + ON Park lamps ON Battery voltage M
11 L Intake sensor ON - 0-5
12 SB Variable blower control (rear) ON - 0-5
N
Blower speed (low) 1.7
13 B Variable blower control (front) ON
Blower speed (high) 4.5
14 P Air mix door motor (passenger) CW ON Clockwise rotation Battery voltage O
15 P Power supply for IGN ON - Battery voltage
Rear defogger switch OFF 5
16 Y Rear defogger switch signal ON P
Rear defogger switch ON 0
17 W Air mix door motor (driver) CW ON Clockwise rotation Battery voltage
18 G Air mix door motor (driver) CCW ON Counterclockwise rotation Battery voltage
19 BL Mode door motor CW (front) ON Clockwise rotation Battery voltage
20 R Mode door motor CCW ON Counterclockwise rotation Battery voltage
21 Y Intake door motor CCW ON Counterclockwise rotation Battery voltage
ATC-55
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
Item Condition
No. color switch (Approx.)
22 O Intake door motor CW ON Clockwise rotation Battery voltage
25 W Ambient sensor ON - 0-5
26 V Sensor ground ON - 0
27 GR Power supply for BAT - - Battery voltage
28 G V ref ACTR (5V) ON - 0-5
Air mix door motor (passenger) feed-
29 SB ON - 0-5
back
30 L Air mix door motor (Rear) feedback ON - 0-5
31 W In-vehicle sensor motor (+) ON - Battery voltage
32 R In-vehicle sensor signal ON - 0-5
PTC heater relay 2 Relay OFF Battery voltage

33 LG ON
(LHD models) Relay ON 0
34 W Front aux backlight dim ON Headlamps OFF Battery voltage
35 O Front aux tell tale LED ON Tell tale OFF Battery voltage
36 B Ground - - 0
Rear air control (front) tem-
37 G Front aux temp pot ON 0-5
perature control dial
Rear air control (front)
38 L Front aux blower pot ON 0-5
blower motor
39 Y Front AUX (rear) ON - 0-5
40 P CAN-L ON - 0-5
41 L CAN-H ON - 0-5
42 GR Optical sensor (passenger) ON - 0-5
43 P Air mix door motor (Rear) CW ON Clockwise rotation Battery voltage
44 LG Air mix door motor (Rear) CCW ON Counterclockwise rotation Battery voltage

48 BR ON

49 P ON
Rear air control (rear) tem-
51 O Rear aux temp pot ON 0-5
perature control dial
52 BR Rear aux blower pot ON Rear blower motor 0-5
A/C Auto Amp Power and Ground Circuit INFOID:0000000005961526
DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE FOR A/C SYSTEM

1. CHECK POWER SUPPLY CIRCUITS FOR A/C AUTO AMP.
Check voltage between A/C auto amp. harness connector and
ground.
AWIIA1047ZZ
ATC-56
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
Terminals Ignition switch position A

(+)
A/C auto (-) OFF ACC ON
amp. con- Terminal No. B
nector
Battery
M127 15 Approx. 0V Approx. 0V
voltage C
Ground
Battery Battery Battery
M128 27
voltage voltage voltage
Is the inspection result normal? D
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO >> Check 10A fuses [Nos. 8 and 19, located in the fuse block (J/B)]. Refer to PG-96, "Terminal
Arrangement". E
• If fuses are OK, check harness for open circuit. Repair or replace as necessary.
• If fuses are NG, replace fuse and check harness for short circuit. Repair or replace as neces-
sary. F
2. CHECK GROUND CIRCUIT FOR A/C AUTO AMP.
2. Disconnect A/C auto amp. connector. G
3. Check continuity between A/C auto amp. harness connector
M128 and ground.
H
36 - Ground : Continuity should exist.
Is the inspection result normal?
OK >> Replace A/C auto amp. Refer to ATC-120, "Removal I
and Installation".
NG >> Repair harness or connector.
AWIIA0214ZZ
ATC
Mode Door Motor INFOID:0000000005952376
SYSTEM DESCRIPTION K
System Operation
The mode door position (vent, B/L, foot, D/F, and defrost) is set by the A/C auto amp. by means of the mode
door motor. When a mode door position is selected on the A/C auto amp., voltage is applied to one circuit of L
the mode door motor while ground is applied to the other circuit, causing the mode door motor to rotate. The
direction of rotation is determined by which circuit has voltage applied to it, and which one has ground applied
to it. The A/C auto amp. monitors the mode door position by measuring the voltage signal on the PBR circuit. M
ATC-57
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
In AUTO mode the mode door position is set by the A/C auto amp. which determines the proper position
based on inputs from the in-vehicle sensor, ambient sensor, optical sensor, intake sensor, and the temperature
selected by the driver or passenger.
JMIIA0640GB
Mode Door Control Specification
AWIIA0093GB
COMPONENT DESCRIPTION
The mode door motor is attached to the heater & cooling unit assem-
bly. It rotates so that air is discharged from the outlet as indicated by
the A/C auto amp. Motor rotation is conveyed to a link which acti-
vates the mode door.
MJIB0161E
COMPONENT FUNCTION CHECK

1.CONFIRM SYMPTOM BY PERFORMING OPERATIONAL CHECK - DISCHARGE AIR
1. Press mode switch four times and then press the (DEF) switch. Each position indicator should change
shape (on display).
2. Confirm that discharge air comes out according to the air distribution table. Refer to ATC-30, "Discharge
Air Flow".
NOTE:
Confirm that the compressor clutch is engaged (visual inspection) and intake door position is at FRESH
when FOOT ( ), DEF ( ) or D/F ( ) is selected.
YES >> GO TO 3.
ATC-58
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
NO >> GO TO 2.
2.PERFORM COMPLETE OPERATIONAL CHECK A
Perform a complete operational check and check for any symptoms. Refer to ATC-36, "Operational Check
(Front)" and ATC-38, "Operational Check (Rear)".
B
YES >> Refer to ATC-36, "How to Perform Trouble Diagnosis For Quick And Accurate Repair".
NO >> System OK.
C
D
>> GO TO 4.
4.CHECK MODE DOOR OPERATION E
Check and verify mode door mechanism for smooth operation in each mode.
YES >> GO TO 5. F
NO >> Repair as necessary.
5.PERFORM A/C AUTO AMP. SELF-DIAGNOSIS
G
Perform self-diagnosis to check for any codes. Refer to ATC-34, "A/C Auto Amp. Self-Diagnosis".
Are any self-diagnosis codes present?
YES >> Refer to ATC-35, "A/C System Self-Diagnosis Code Chart". H
NO >> GO TO 6.
6.PERFORM A/C AND AV SWITCH ASSEMBLY SELF-DIAGNOSIS
Perform self-diagnosis to check the A/C and AV switch assembly. Refer to ATC-35, "A/C and AV Switch I
Assembly Self-Diagnosis".
YES >> Replace A/C and AV switch assembly. Refer to ATC-120, "Removal and Installation". ATC
NO >> GO TO 7.
7.CHECK THE MODE DOOR MOTOR (FRONT) PBR CIRCUIT K
Perform diagnostic procedure for the mode door motor (front). Refer to ATC-57, "Mode Door Motor".
YES >> GO TO 8. L
NO >> Repair PBR circuit or replace motor. Refer to ATC-57, "Mode Door Motor".
8.RECHECK FOR CODES
M
Perform A/C auto amp. self-diagnosis. Refer to ATC-34, "A/C Auto Amp. Self-Diagnosis".
Are any self-diagnostic codes present?
YES >> Refer to ATC-35, "A/C System Self-Diagnosis Code Chart". N
NO >> GO TO 9.
9.RECHECK FOR SYMPTOMS
Perform a complete operational check and check for any symptoms. Refer to ATC-36, "Operational Check O
Does another symptom exist?
YES >> Repair as necessary. P
NO >> Replace A/C auto amp. Refer to ATC-120, "Removal and Installation".
DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE
1.PERFORM SELF-DIAGNOSIS
Perform self-diagnosis function. Refer to ATC-34, "A/C Auto Amp. Self-Diagnosis".
ATC-59
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
YES >> GO TO 7.
NO >> GO TO 2.
2.CHECK A/C AUTO AMP. FOR POWER AND GROUND
2. Press the mode switch to the B/L ( ) mode.
3. Check voltage between A/C auto amp. M127 terminals while
pressing the mode switch to the floor ( ) mode.
Terminals Voltage
Connector Condition
(+) (-) (Approx.)
Press
A/C auto amp.: Battery
20 19 mode
M127 voltage
switch
AWIIA0095ZZ

YES >> GO TO 4.
NO >> GO TO 3.
3.CHECK MODE DOOR MOTOR CIRCUITS FOR SHORT TO GROUND
2. Disconnect the A/C auto amp. harness connector.
M127 and ground.
19 - Ground : Continuity should not exist.

YES >> Replace A/C auto amp. Refer to ATC-120, "Removal
and Installation". AWIIA0096ZZ
NO >> Repair or replace harness as necessary.
4.CHECK A/C AUTO AMP. FOR GROUND AND POWER
1. Press the mode switch to the D/F ( ) mode.
pressing the mode switch to the vent ( ) mode.
Terminals Voltage
Connector Condition
(+) (-) (Approx.)
Press
19 20 mode
M127 voltage
switch
Is the inspection result normal? AWIIA0097ZZ
YES >> GO TO 5.
5.CHECK MODE DOOR MOTOR AND CIRCUITS FOR OPEN
ATC-60
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
2. Disconnect the A/C auto amp. harness connector. A
3. Check continuity between A/C auto amp. M127 terminals.
19 – 20 : Continuity should exist. B

YES >> GO TO 7.
NO >> GO TO 6. C
AWIIA0098ZZ
6.CHECK MODE DOOR MOTOR CIRCUITS FOR OPEN D
1. Disconnect the mode door motor harness connector.

2. Check continuity between A/C auto amp. harness connector (A)
E
M127 and the mode door motor harness connector (B) M46.
6 – 19 : Continuity should exist.

F
YES >> Replace mode door motor. Refer to ATC-139, "Removal G
and Installation".
NO >> Repair or replace harness as necessary. AWIIA0225ZZ
7.CHECK A/C AUTO AMP. FOR PBR POWER AND GROUND H

1. Reconnect A/C auto amp. harness connector.
3. Check voltage between A/C auto amp. M127 (B), M128 (A) ter- I
minals.
Terminals Voltage (Ap- ATC

Connector
(+) (-) prox.)
A/C auto amp.: M127, M128 28 3 5V

K
YES >> GO TO 9. AWIIA0099ZZ
NO >> GO TO 8. L
8.CHECK PBR REFERENCE VOLTAGE CIRCUIT FOR SHORT TO GROUND
2. Disconnect the A/C auto amp. harness connector. M
M128 terminal and ground.
N
28 – Ground : Continuity should not exist.
YES >> Replace A/C auto amp. Refer to ATC-120, "Removal O
and Installation".
AWIIA0100ZZ
9.CHECK PBR REFERENCE VOLTAGE AND GROUND CIRCUITS P
ATC-61
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
3. Check continuity between A/C auto amp. M127 (B), M128 (A)
terminals.

YES >> GO TO 11.
NO >> GO TO 10
AWIIA0101ZZ
10.CHECK PBR REFERENCE VOLTAGE CIRCUIT FOR OPEN

1. Disconnect the mode door motor harness connector.
2. Check continuity between mode door motor harness connector
M46 (B) and A/C auto amp. harness connector M128 (C), M127
(A).
LHD models
3–2 : Continuity should exist.
RHD models
3–3 : Continuity should exist. AWIIA0393ZZ

YES >> Replace mode door motor. Refer to ATC-139, "Removal and Installation".
11.CHECK PBR FEEDBACK VOLTAGE
1. Reconnect the A/C auto amp. harness connector.
3. Check voltage between A/C auto amp. harness connector M127
and ground while cycling mode switch through all modes.
7 – Ground : Approx. 1V - 4.5V

YES >> GO TO 13.
NO >> GO TO 12.
AWIIA0103ZZ
12.CHECK PBR FEEDBACK SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR SHORT TO GROUND

2. Disconnect A/C auto amp. harness connector.
M127 and ground.

and Installation".
AWIIA0104ZZ
13.CHECK PBR FEEDBACK CIRCUIT FOR OPEN
ATC-62
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
2. Disconnect the mode door motor harness connector and A/C A
auto amp. harness connector.
3. Check continuity between mode door motor harness connector
M46 (B) and A/C auto amp. harness connector M127 (A).
B
Is the inspection result normal? C
YES >> Replace mode door motor. Refer to ATC-139, "Removal
and Installation".
D
Air Mix Door Motor INFOID:0000000005952377
SYSTEM DESCRIPTION E
System Operation
The A/C auto amp. receives data from the temperature control dial selected by the driver, front and rear. The
A/C auto amp. then applies a voltage to one circuit of the appropriate air mix door motor, while ground is F
applied to the other circuit, causing the appropriate air mix door motor to rotate. The direction of rotation is
determined by which circuit has voltage applied to it, and which one has ground applied to it. The A/C auto
amp. monitors the air mix door positions by measuring the voltage signal on the PBR circuits of each door. G
In AUTO mode the air mix, intake, mode door, and defrost door positions are set by the A/C auto amp. which
determines the proper position based on inputs from the in-vehicle sensor, ambient sensor, sunload sensor,
intake sensor, and the temperature selected by the driver, front and rear passengers.
Subsequently, HOT/COLD or DEFROST/VENT or FRESH/RECIRCULATION operation is selected. The new H
door position data is returned to the A/C auto amp.
ATC
JMIIA0637GB
N
Air Mix Door Control Specification
AWIIA0107GB
ATC-63
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
Air Mix Door Motors (Front)
The driver (2) and passenger (1) air mix door motors are attached to
the front heater & cooling unit assembly. These motors rotate so that
the air mix door is opened or closed to a position set by the A/C auto
amp. Motor rotation is then conveyed through a shaft and the air mix
door position is then fed back to the A/C auto amp. by the PBR built
into the air mix door motors.
WJIA1978E
WJIA1979E
Air Mix Door Motor (Rear)

The air mix door motor (rear) (1) is attached to the rear heater &
cooling unit assembly. These motors rotate so that the air mix door is
opened or closed to a position set by the front (or rear) air control.
Motor rotation is then conveyed through a shaft and the air mix door
position is then fed back to the A/C auto amp. by the PBR built into
the air mix door motor.
JMIIA0597ZZ

1.CONFIRM SYMPTOM BY PERFORMING OPERATIONAL CHECK - TEMPERATURE INCREASE
1. Turn the temperature control dial (driver) clockwise until 32°C (90°F) is displayed.
2. Check for hot air at discharge air outlets.
>> GO TO 2.
2.CONFIRM SYMPTOM BY PERFORMING OPERATIONAL CHECK - TEMPERATURE DECREASE
1. Turn the temperature control dial (driver) counterclockwise until 18°C (60°F) is displayed.
2. Check for cold air at discharge air outlets.
YES >> GO TO 4.
NO >> GO TO 3.
3.PERFORM COMPLETE OPERATIONAL CHECK
NO >> System OK.
ATC-64
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
4.CHECK FOR SERVICE BULLETINS A

>> GO TO 5. B
5.CHECK AIR MIX DOOR OPERATION
Check and verify air mix door mechanism for smooth operation from 18°C (60°F) to 32°C (90°F) in each
C
mode.
YES >> GO TO 6. D
NO >> Repair as necessary.
Perform self-diagnosis to check for any codes. Refer to ATC-34, "A/C Auto Amp. Self-Diagnosis". E
YES >> Refer to ATC-35, "A/C System Self-Diagnosis Code Chart".
NO >> GO TO 7. F
7.CHECK THE AIR MIX DOOR MOTOR PBR CIRCUIT
Perform diagnostic procedure for the air mix door motors. Refer to ATC-63, "Air Mix Door Motor". G
YES >> GO TO 8.
NO >> Repair PBR circuit or replace air mix door motor. Refer to ATC-140, "Removal and Installation". H
8.RECHECK FOR CODES
Perform self-diagnosis. Refer to ATC-35, "A/C and AV Switch Assembly Self-Diagnosis".
I
Are any self-diagnostic codes present?
NO >> GO TO 9.
ATC
9.RECHECK FOR ANY SYMPTOMS
Perform a complete operational check for any symptoms. Refer to ATC-36, "Operational Check (Front)" and
ATC-38, "Operational Check (Rear)". K
NO >> Replace A/C auto amp. Refer to ATC-120, "Removal and Installation". L
DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE FOR AIR MIX DOOR MOTOR (DRIVER)
1.PERFORM SELF-DIAGNOSIS M
YES >> GO TO 6. N
NO >> GO TO 2.
2.CHECK A/C AUTO AMP. FOR POWER AND GROUND O
2. Rotate temperature control dial (driver) to 32°C (90°F).
rotating temperature control dial (driver) to 18°C (60°F). P
Terminals Voltage
Connector Condition
(+) (-) (Approx.)
A/C auto amp.: Rotate temp Battery

17 18
M127 control dial voltage
AWIIA0112ZZ
ATC-65
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
YES >> GO TO 4.
NO >> GO TO 3.
3.CHECK AIR MIX DOOR MOTOR (DRIVER) CIRCUITS FOR SHORT TO GROUND
M127 and ground.

2. Rotate temperature control dial (driver) to 32°C (90°F).
3. Check voltage between A/C auto amp. harness connector termi-
nals while rotating temperature control dial (driver) to 18°C
(60°F).
Terminals Voltage
Connector Condition
(+) (-) (Approx.)

18 17
AWIIA0115ZZ

YES >> GO TO 5.
5.CHECK AIR MIX DOOR MOTOR (DRIVER) CIRCUITS FOR OPEN

YES >> GO TO 7.
NO >> GO TO 6.
AWIIA0116ZZ
6.CHECK AIR MIX DOOR MOTOR (DRIVER) CIRCUITS FOR OPEN

1. Disconnect the air mix door motor (driver) harness connector.
M127 (A) and the air mix door motor (driver) harness connector
M97 (B).
17 - 6 : Continuity should exist.

YES >> Replace air mix door motor (driver). Refer to ATC-140,
"Removal and Installation". AWIIA0228ZZ
A T C - 6 6
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
7.CHECK A/C AUTO AMP. FOR PBR POWER AND GROUND A

B
3. Check voltage between A/C auto amp. M127 (B), M128 (A) ter-
minals.
Terminals
C
Voltage (Ap-
Connector
(+) (-) prox.)
A/C auto amp.: M127, M128 28 3 5V D

NO >> GO TO 8. E
F
M128 and ground.
G
H
and Installation".
AWIIA0119ZZ
I
9.CHECK PBR REFERENCE VOLTAGE AND GROUND CIRCUITS
2. Disconnect the A/C auto amp. harness connector. ATC
terminals.
K
YES >> GO TO 11. L
NO >> GO TO 10.
AWIIA0120ZZ
10.CHECK PBR REFERENCE VOLTAGE CIRCUIT FOR OPEN M
1. Disconnect the air mix door motor (driver) harness connector.

2. Check continuity between air mix door motor (driver) harness N
connector M97 (B) terminal 3, 1 and A/C auto amp. harness
connector M127 (C) and M128 (A) terminal 28.
28 – 1 : Continuity should exist. O

Is the inspection result normal? P
11.CHECK PBR FEEDBACK VOLTAGE
ATC-67
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
and ground while rotating temperature control dial from 32°C
(90°F) to 18°C (60°F).

YES >> GO TO 13.
NO >> GO TO 12.
AWIIA0122ZZ
12.CHECK PBR FEEDBACK SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR SHORT TO GROUND

M127 and ground.

and Installation".
AWIIA0123ZZ
13.CHECK PBR FEEDBACK CIRCUIT FOR OPEN

2. Disconnect the air mix door motor (driver) harness connector
and A/C auto amp. harness connector.
3. Check continuity between air mix door motor (driver) harness
connector M97 (B) and A/C auto amp. harness connector M127
(A).


DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE FOR AIR MIX DOOR MOTOR (PASSENGER)
YES >> GO TO 6.
NO >> GO TO 2.
2. Rotate temperature control dial (passenger) to 32°C (90°F).
rotating temperature control dial (passenger) to 18°C (60°F).
Terminals Voltage
Connector Condition
(+) (-) (Approx.)

2 14
ATC-68
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
OK >> GO TO 4.
NG >> GO TO 3. A
3.CHECK AIR MIX DOOR MOTOR (PASSENGER) CIRCUITS FOR SHORT TO GROUND
B
M127 and ground.
C
D
and Installation".
AWIIA0126ZZ
E

1. Turn ignition switch ON. F
2. Rotate temperature control dial (passenger) to 18°C (60°F).
rotating temperature control dial (passenger) to 32°C (90°F).
G
Terminals Voltage
Connector Condition
(+) (-) (Approx.)
H
14 2
Is the inspection result normal? AWIIA0127ZZ I
YES >> GO TO 5.
5.CHECK AIR MIX DOOR MOTOR (PASSENGER) CIRCUITS FOR OPEN ATC

3. Check continuity between A/C auto amp. M127 terminals. K

L
YES >> GO TO 7.
NO >> GO TO 6.
M
AWIIA0128ZZ
6.CHECK AIR MIX DOOR MOTOR (PASSENGER) CIRCUITS FOR OPEN N

1. Disconnect the air mix door motor (passenger) harness connec-
tor.
2. Check continuity between A/C auto amp. harness connector O
M127 (A) and the air mix door motor (passenger) harness con-
nector M100 (B).
LHD models
P
RHD models
AWIIA0231ZZ
ATC-69
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
YES >> Replace air mix door motor (passenger). Refer to ATC-140, "Removal and Installation".
7.CHECK A/C AUTO AMP. FOR PBR POWER AND GROUND
3. Check voltage between A/C auto amp. M127 (B), M128 (A) ter-
minals.
Terminals Voltage (Ap-

Connector
(+) (-) prox.)
A/C auto amp.: M127, M128 28 3 5V

NO >> GO TO 8.
M128 and ground.

and Installation".
AWIIA0241ZZ
9.CHECK PBR REFERENCE VOLTAGE AND GROUND CIRCUITS

terminals.

YES >> GO TO 11.
NO >> GO TO 10.
AWIIA0101ZZ
10.CHECK PBR REFERENCE VOLTAGE CIRCUIT FOR OPEN

tor.
2. Check continuity between air mix door motor (passenger) har-
ness connector M100 (B) terminal 3, 1 and A/C auto amp. har-
ness connector M127 (C) and M128 (A).
LHD models
RHD models
AWIIA0368ZZ
YES >> Replace air mix door motor (passenger). Refer to ATC-140, "Removal and Installation".
ATC-70
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
11.CHECK PBR FEEDBACK VOLTAGE A

B
and ground while rotating temperature control dial (passenger)
from 32°C (90°F) to 18°C (60°F).
C
D
YES >> GO TO 12.
NO >> GO TO 13.
AWIIA0131ZZ
12.CHECK PBR FEEDBACK SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR SHORT TO GROUND E

3. Check continuity between A/C auto amp. harness connector F
M128 and ground.
29 – Ground : Continuity should not exist. G

and Installation". H
AWIIA0132ZZ
13.CHECK PBR FEEDBACK CIRCUIT FOR OPEN I

tor and A/C auto amp. harness connector. ATC
3. Check continuity between air mix door motor (passenger) har-
ness connector M100 (B) and A/C auto amp. harness connector
M128 (A).
K
Continuity should exist.
L
YES >> Replace air mix door motor (passenger). Refer to ATC-
140, "Removal and Installation". AWIIA0233ZZ

M
Intake Door Motor INFOID:0000000005952378
SYSTEM DESCRIPTION N
System Operation
The intake door control determines the intake door position based on the position of the recirculation switch.
When the recirculation switch is depressed the intake door motor rotates closing off the fresh air inlet and O
recirculating the cabin air. If the recirculation switch is depressed again, the intake door motor rotates in the
opposite direction, again allowing fresh air into the cabin.
P
ATC-71
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
In the AUTO mode, the A/C auto amp. determines the intake door position based on the ambient temperature,
the intake air temperature and the in-vehicle temperature. When the DEF, D/F, FLOOR or OFF switches are
pushed, the A/C auto amp. sets the intake door at the fresh position.
JMIIA0638GB
Intake Door Control Specification
AWIIA0145GB
Intake door motor
The intake door motor is attached to the intake unit. It rotates so that
air is drawn from inlets set by the A/C auto amp. Motor rotation is
conveyed to a lever which activates the intake door.
MJIB0165E

1.CONFIRM SYMPTOM BY PERFORMING OPERATIONAL CHECK - REC ( )
1. Press the mode switch to vent mode( ).
2. Press REC ( ) switch. The REC ( )indicator should illuminate.
3. Press REC ( ) switch again. The REC ( ) indicator should go out.
4. Listen for intake door position change (you should hear blower sound changes slightly).
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO >> GO TO 2.
ATC-72
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
2.PERFORM COMPLETE OPERATIONAL CHECK A

(Front)" amd ATC-38, "Operational Check (Rear)".
Can a symptom be duplicated? B
NO >> System OK.
3.CHECK FOR SERVICE BULLETINS C
D
>> GO TO 4.
4.CHECK INTAKE DOOR OPERATION
Check and verify intake door mechanism for smooth operation. E
YES >> GO TO 5.
NO >> Repair intake door mechanism. F
Perform self-diagnosis to check for any codes. Refer to ATC-34, "A/C Auto Amp. Self-Diagnosis". G
NO >> GO TO 6. H
ATC-38, "Operational Check (Rear)". I
NO >> Replace A/C auto amp. Refer to ATC-120, "Removal and Installation". ATC
1.PERFORM SELF-DIAGNOSIS K
L
YES >> GO TO 6.
NO >> GO TO 2.
2.CHECK A/C AUTO AMP. FOR POWER AND GROUND M
terminals while pressing the recirculation switch to REC ON. N
Terminals Voltage
Connector Condition
(+) (-) (Approx.) O
A/C auto amp.: Battery volt-
21 22 REC ON
M127 age
OK >> GO TO 4. AWIIA0146ZZ
NO >> GO TO 3.
3.CHECK INTAKE DOOR MOTOR CIRCUITS FOR SHORT TO GROUND
ATC-73
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
M127 and ground.

OK >> Replace A/C auto amp. Refer to ATC-120, "Removal
4.CHECK A/C AUTO AMP. FOR GROUND AND POWER
Check voltage between A/C auto amp. M127 terminals while press-
ing the recirculation switch to REC OFF.
Terminals Voltage
Connector Condition
(+) (-) (Approx.)

22 21 REC OFF
M127 voltage
OK >> GO TO 5.
NO >> Replace A/C auto amp. Refer to ATC-120, "Removal AWIIA0148ZZ
and Installation".
5.CHECK INTAKE DOOR MOTOR AND CIRCUITS FOR OPEN

OK >> Replace intake door motor. Refer to ATC-138, "Removal
and Installation".
NO >> GO TO 6.
AWIIA0149ZZ
6.CHECK INTAKE DOOR MOTOR CIRCUITS FOR OPEN

1. Disconnect the intake door motor harness connector.
M127 (A) and the intake door motor harness connector M86 (B).

YES >> Replace intake door motor. Refer to ATC-138, "Removal
and Installation".
Front Blower Motor INFOID:0000000005952379
SYSTEM DESCRIPTION
ATC-74
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
System Operation
A
JMIIA0639GB F
Automatic Mode
In the automatic mode, the blower motor speed is calculated by the A/C auto amp. and variable blower control
(front) based on input from the in-vehicle sensor, sunload sensor, intake sensor and ambient sensor, and G
potentio temperature control (PTC).
When the air flow is increased, the blower motor speed is adjusted gradually to prevent a sudden increase in
air flow. H
In addition to manual air flow control and the usual automatic air flow control, starting air flow control, low
water temperature starting control and high passenger compartment temperature starting control are avail-
able.
I
Starting Blower Speed Control
Start up from cold soak condition (Automatic mode).
In a cold start up condition where the engine coolant temperature is below 50°C (122°F), the blower will not
operate at blower speed 1 for a short period of time (up to 210 seconds). The exact start delay time varies ATC
depending on the ambient and engine coolant temperatures.
In the most extreme case (very low ambient temperature) the blower starting delay will be 210 seconds as
described above. After the coolant temperature reaches 50°C (122°F), or the 210 seconds has elapsed, the K
blower speed will increase to the objective blower speed.
Start up from usual operating or hot soak condition (Automatic mode). L

The blower will begin operation momentarily after the AUTO switch is pushed. The blower speed will gradually
rise to the objective speed over a time period of 3 seconds or less (actual time depends on the objective
blower speed).
M
Blower Speed Compensation - Sunload
When the in-vehicle temperature and the set temperature are very close, the blower will be operating at low
speed. The speed will vary depending on the sunload. During conditions of low or no sunload, the blower
operates at low speed. During high sunload conditions, the A/C auto amp. causes the blower speed to N
increase.
Blower Speed Control Specification
O
WJIA0441E
ATC-75
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
Variable Blower Control
The variable blower control (front) is located on the cooling unit. The
variable blower control (front) receives a gate voltage from the A/C
auto amp. to steplessly maintain the blower motor voltage in the 0 to
5 volt range (approx.).
MJIB0166E

1.CONFIRM SYMPTOM BY PERFORMING OPERATIONAL CHECK - FRONT BLOWER MOTOR
1. Press the blower (+) switch. Blower should operate.
2. Rotate the front blower control dial clockwise, and continue checking blower speed and fan symbol until
all speeds are checked.
Can the symptom be duplicated?
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO >> GO TO 2.
2.CHECK FOR ANY SYMPTOMS
ATC-38, "Operational Check (Rear)".
NO >> System OK.
>> GO TO 4.
4.PERFORM A/C AUTO AMP. SELF-DIAGNOSIS
NO >> GO TO 5.
5.PERFORM A/C AND AV SWITCH ASSEMBLY SELF-DIAGNOSIS
Perform self-diagnosis to check the A/C and AV switch assembly. Refer to ATC-35, "A/C and AV Switch
Assembly Self-Diagnosis".
Is the inspection results normal?
YES >> GO TO 6.
NO >> Replace A/C and AV switch assembly. Refer to ATC-120, "Removal and Installation".
6.CHECK BLOWER MOTOR OPERATION
Check and verify blower motor operates manually in all speeds.
Does blower motor operate in all speeds?
YES >> GO TO 7.
NO >> Refer to ATC-74, "Front Blower Motor".
7.CHECK ENGINE COOLANT TEMPERATURE SENSOR CIRCUIT
Check engine coolant temperature sensor circuit. Refer to EC-208, "Diagnosis Procedure".
ATC-76
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
YES >> GO TO 8. A
NO >> Replace engine coolant temperature sensor.
B
C
DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE D
1.CHECK FUSES
Check 15A fuses [No. 24 and 27 (Located in the fuse and fusible link box)]. E
Fuses are good.
Is the inspection result normal? F
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO >> GO TO 8.
2.CHECK FRONT BLOWER MOTOR POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT G
2. Disconnect front blower motor connector.
3. Turn ignition switch ON. H
4. Press the A/C switch.
5. Press the front blower control “+” switch to maximum speed.
6. Check voltage between front blower motor harness connector I
M94 and ground.
2 – Ground : Battery voltage

ATC
YES >> GO TO 11. JMIIA0004GB
NO >> GO TO 3. K
3.CHECK FRONT BLOWER MOTOR RELAY (SWITCH SIDE) POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT
2. Disconnect front blower motor relay. L
3. Check voltage between front blower motor relay harness con-
nector E28 and ground.
M
Is the inspection result normal? N
YES >> GO TO 4.
NO >> Repair harness or connector. MJIB0066E
O
4.CHECK FRONT BLOWER MOTOR RELAY
Turn ignition switch OFF.
Check front blower motor relay. Refer to “Front Blower Motor Relay”. P
YES >> GO TO 5.
NO >> Replace front blower motor relay.
5.CHECK FRONT BLOWER MOTOR RELAY (SWITCH SIDE) CIRCUIT FOR OPEN
ATC-77
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
Check continuity between front blower motor relay harness connec-
tor E28 and front blower motor harness connector M94.
5, 7 – 2 : Continuity should exist.

YES >> GO TO 6.
NO >> Repair harness or connector.
MJIB0067E
6.CHECK VARIABLE BLOWER CONTROL POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT FOR OPEN

1. Disconnect variable blower control (front) harness connector.
2. Check continuity between front blower motor relay harness con-
nector E28 (A) and variable blower control (front) harness con-
nector M96 (B).

YES >> GO TO 7.
JMIIA0598ZZ
7.CHECK FRONT BLOWER MOTOR RELAY (COIL SIDE) POWER SUPPLY


YES >> Repair front blower motor ground circuit or connector.
WJIA0504E
8.REPLACE FUSES
Replace fuses.
Does the fuse blow?
YES >> • If fuse blows without activating the front blower motor, repair short between fuse and front
blower motor relay.
• If fuse blows activating the front blower motor, GO TO 9.
NO >> Inspection End.
9.CHECK FRONT BLOWER MOTOR POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT FOR SHORT
2. Disconnect front blower motor connector, front blower motor
relay and variable blower control (front) connector.
3. Check continuity between variable blower control (front) harness
connector M96 and ground.

YES >> GO TO 10.
AWIIA0177ZZ
ATC-78
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
10.CHECK FRONT BLOWER MOTOR A

Check front blower motor. Refer to ATC-74, "Front Blower Motor".
YES >> Replace variable blower control (front). Refer to ATC-142, "Removal and Installation". B
NO >> Replace front blower motor. Refer to ATC-126, "Removal and Installation".
11.CHECK FRONT BLOWER MOTOR
C
Check front blower motor. Refer to ATC-74, "Front Blower Motor".
YES >> GO TO 12. D
NO >> Replace front blower motor. Refer to ATC-126, "Removal and Installation".
12.CHECK BLOWER MOTOR GROUND CIRCUIT
1. Disconnect variable blower control (front) connector. E
2. Check continuity between front blower motor harness connector
M94 (B) and variable blower control harness connector M96 (A).
F
YES >> GO TO 13. G
JMIIA0599ZZ
H
13.CHECK VARIABLE BLOWER CONTROL (FRONT) POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT FOR OPEN
1. Disconnect front blower motor relay. I
nector E28 (A) and variable blower control (front) harness con-
nector M96 (B).
ATC
K
YES >> GO TO 14.
JMIIA0598ZZ L
14.CHECK VARIABLE BLOWER CONTROL (FRONT) GROUND CIRCUIT
Check continuity between variable blower control (front) harness
connector M96 terminal 1 and ground. M
4 – Ground : Continuity should exist.

N
YES >> GO TO 15.
O
AWIIA0177ZZ
P
15.CHECK VARIABLE BLOWER CONTROL (FRONT) SIGNAL CIRCUIT
ATC-79
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
1. Reconnect all disconnected component connectors.
2. Disconnect A/C auto amp. connector.
4. Press the blower (+) switch to maximum speed.
and ground.
13 – Ground : Approx. 4.5V

NO >> GO TO 16.
16.CHECK VARIABLE BLOWER CONTROL SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN
1. Disconnect variable blower control connector.
M127 (B) and variable blower control harness connector M96
(A).

YES >> Replace variable blower control (front). Refer to ATC-
142, "Removal and Installation".
JMIIA0600ZZ
COMPONENT INSPECTION
Front Blower Motor Relay
Check continuity between terminals 6-7 and 3-5 by supplying 12
volts to terminal 1 and ground to terminal 2 of relay.
LJIA0068E
Front Blower Motor
ATC-80
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
Confirm smooth rotation of the blower motor.
• Ensure that there are no foreign particles inside the blower unit. A
• Apply 12 volts to terminal 2 and ground to terminal 1 and verify that
the motor operates freely and quietly.
B
WJIA1508E
D
Rear Blower Motor INFOID:0000000005961561
SYSTEM DESCRIPTION E
System Operation
ATC
AWIIA0181GB
Rear Blower Control K

When the rear blower control dial (front) REAR CTRL switch is pressed (indicator on), it allows the rear air
control (rear) to control the rear blower motor speed. If the REAR CTRL switch is off (indicator off), the rear air
control (front) controls the rear blower motor speed regardless of the rear air control (rear) position. L
1.CONFIRM SYMPTOM BY PERFORMING OPERATIONAL CHECK - REAR AIR CONTROL (FRONT) M
2. Turn the rear air control (front) blower control dial to the lowest speed and check for rear blower operation
(REAR CTRL indicator off). N
3. Continue checking that rear blower speed increases as the rear blower control dial is rotated clockwise.
Does the rear blower motor operate correctly?
YES >> GO TO 3. O
NO >> GO TO 2.
2.CONFIRM SYMPTOM BY PERFORMING OPERATIONAL CHECK - REAR AIR CONTROL (REAR)
1. Press the REAR CTRL switch (indicator on) on the rear air control (front) to send control of the rear blower P
motor back the rear air control (rear).
2. Turn the rear air control (rear) blower control dial to the lowest speed and check for rear blower operation.
YES >> • Rear blower motor does not operate at any speed from the rear air control (front). Refer to “” in
ATC-89, "Rear Air Control System".
ATC-81
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
• Rear blower motor operates in high speed all the time or does not match the rear air control
(front) speed selected. Refer to “” in ATC-89, "Rear Air Control System".
NO >> • Rear blower motor does not operate from the rear air control (front) and the rear air control
(rear). Refer to “” in ATC-89, "Rear Air Control System".
3.CONFIRM SYMPTOM BY PERFORMING OPERATIONAL CHECK - REAR AIR CONTROL (REAR)
1. Press the REAR CTRL switch (indicator on) on the rear air control (front) to send control of the rear blower
motor back the rear air control (rear).
2. Turn the rear air control (rear) blower control dial to the lowest speed and check for rear blower operation.
YES >> GO TO 4.
NO >> Check rear air control (rear). Refer to “” in ATC-89, "Rear Air Control System".
>> GO TO 5.
REAR AIR CONTROL (FRONT) DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE #1
1.CHECK REAR AIR CONTROL (FRONT) POWER SUPPLY
2. Disconnect rear air control (front) harness connector.
3. Check voltage between rear air control (front) harness connec-
tor M131 and ground.
10 – Ground : Battery voltage should exist.

YES >> GO TO 2.
AWIIA0253ZZ
2.CHECK REAR AIR CONTROL (FRONT) FRONT AUX BLOWER POT REFERENCE VOLTAGE

Connector
(+) (-) prox.)
Rear air control (front): M131 6 Ground 5V


3.CHECK REAR AIR CONTROL (FRONT) GROUND CIRCUIT
ATC-82
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
Check continuity between rear air control (front) harness connector
M131 and ground. A

Is the inspection result normal? B
and Installation".
NO >> Repair harness or connector. C
AWIIA0254ZZ
D
REAR AIR CONTROL (FRONT) DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE #2
1.CHECK REAR AIR CONTROL POWER SUPPLY
1. Disconnect rear air control harness connector. E
3. Check voltage between rear air control harness connector M131
and ground. F

Is the inspection result normal? G
YES >> GO TO 2.
AWIIA0253ZZ
H
2.CHECK REAR AIR CONTROL FRONT AUX BLOWER POT REFERENCE VOLTAGE
1. Disconnect rear air control harness connector. I
3. Check voltage between rear air control harness connector M131
and ground.
ATC

Connector
(+) (-) prox.)
K
Rear air control: M131 6 Ground 5V
YES >> GO TO 3. AWIIA0252ZZ L
NO >> GO TO 4.
3.CHECK REAR AIR CONTROL GROUND CIRCUIT M
2. Check continuity between rear air control harness connector
M131 and ground.
N
Is the inspection result normal? O
YES >> Replace rear air control (front).
P
AWIIA0254ZZ
4.CHECK REAR AIR CONTROL (FRONT) BLOWER POT CIRCUIT FOR OPEN
ATC-83
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
M128 (A) and rear air control (front) harness connector M131
(B) terminal 6.
6 – 38 Continuity should exist.

and Installation".
NO >> Repair harness or connector. AWIIA0244ZZ
REAR AIR CONTROL (REAR) DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE #3

1.CHECK REAR AIR CONTROL (FRONT)
1. Disconnect rear air control (front) connector.
Does rear blower motor operate in high speed?
YES >> GO TO 17.
NO >> GO TO 2.
2.CHECK REAR BLOWER MOTOR POWER SUPPLY
2. Disconnect rear blower motor harness connector.
5. Rotate rear air control (front) blower speed control dial to maxi-
mum speed (REAR CTRL indicator off).
6. Check voltage between rear blower motor harness connector
B156 and ground.

Is the inspection result normal? JMIIA0601ZZ
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO >> GO TO 9.
3.CHECK VARIABLE BLOWER CONTROL (REAR) POWER SUPPLY
2. Disconnect variable blower control (rear) connector.
4. Check voltage between variable blower control connector B155
and ground.

YES >> GO TO 4.
JMIIA0602ZZ
4.CHECK VARIABLE BLOWER CONTROL (REAR) AUX BLOWER SPEED SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR SHORT
ATC-84
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
Check voltage between variable blower control (rear) harness con-
nector B155 and ground. A

Connector
(+) (-) prox.) B
Variable blower control: B155 2 Ground 4.5 V
YES >> GO TO 5.
NO >> GO TO 8.
JMIIA0603ZZ
5.CHECK VARIABLE BLOWER CONTROL (REAR) GROUND CIRCUIT D

2. Check continuity between variable blower control (rear) harness
E
connector B155 and ground.

F
YES >> GO TO 6.
G
AWIIA0177ZZ
6.CHECK REAR BLOWER MOTOR H

Check rear blower motor. Refer to “”
I
YES >> GO TO 7.
NO >> Replace rear blower motor. Refer to ATC-126, "Removal and Installation".
7.CHECK VARIABLE BLOWER CONTROL (REAR) BLOWER MOTOR GROUND CIRCUIT ATC
Check continuity between rear blower motor connector B156 (B) and
variable blower control (rear) connector B155 (A).
K
YES >> Replace A/C auto amp. Refer to ATC-120, "Removal L
and Installation".
M
JMIIA0604ZZ
8.CHECK VARIABLE BLOWER CONTROL (REAR) AUX BLOWER SPEED CIRCUIT FOR OPEN N
M127 (A) and variable blower control (rear) harness connector O
B155 (B).
2 – 12 : Continuity should exist. P

and Installation".
NO >> Repair harness or connector. JMIIA0605ZZ
9.CHECK FUSES
Check 15A fuses [Nos. 69 and 70 (YD engine), 65 and 66 (V9X engine), located in the fuse block (J/B)].
ATC-85
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
YES >> GO TO 10.
NO >> GO TO 14.
10.CHECK REAR BLOWER MOTOR RELAY
Check rear blower motor relay. Refer to “Rear Blower Motor Relay”.
YES >> GO TO 11.
NO >> Replace rear blower motor relay.
11.CHECK REAR BLOWER MOTOR CIRCUIT BETWEEN REAR BLOWER MOTOR AND REAR BLOWER
MOTOR RELAY
2. Disconnect rear blower motor relay harness connector and rear
blower motor harness connector.
3. Check continuity between rear blower motor relay harness con-
nector E26 (A) and rear blower motor harness connector B156
(B).

YES >> GO TO 12.
JMIIA0631ZZ
12.CHECK REAR BLOWER MOTOR RELAY (COIL SIDE) GROUND CIRCUIT

Check continuity between rear blower motor relay harness connec-
tor E26 and ground.

YES >> GO TO 13.
JMIIA0632ZZ
13.CHECK REAR BLOWER MOTOR RELAY (COIL SIDE) POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT FOR OPEN
2. Check voltage between rear blower motor relay harness con-

YES >> Replace fuse block (J/B).
JMIIA0633ZZ
14.REPLACE FUSE
2. Replace fuses.
3. Reconnect all disconnected parts.
5. Activate the rear blower motor from the rear air control (front).
Does the fuse blow?
YES >> GO TO 15.
ATC-86
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
15.CHECK REAR BLOWER MOTOR A
Check rear blower motor. Refer to “”

YES >> GO TO 16.
NO >> Replace rear blower motor. Refer to ATC-126, "Removal and Installation".
16.CHECK REAR BLOWER MOTOR POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT FOR SHORT C
2. Disconnect variable blower control (rear) harness connector.
3. Check continuity between rear blower motor harness connector D
B156 terminal 2 and ground.
2 – Ground : Continuity should not exist. E

YES >> Replace variable blower control (rear). Refer to ATC-
142, "Removal and Installation". F
AWIIA0251ZZ
17.CHECK REAR AIR CONTROL (FRONT) POWER SUPPLY G

Check voltage between rear air control (front) harness connector
M131 and ground.
H
YES >> GO TO 18. I
ATC
AWIIA0253ZZ
18.CHECK A/C AUTO AMP. FRONT AUX BLOWER POT CIRCUIT FOR SHORT
K
2. Disconnect A/C auto amp. harness connector M128.
3. Check continuity between rear air control (front) harness con-
nector M131 and ground. L

M
N
AWIIA0913ZZ
REAR AIR CONTROL (REAR) DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE #4

1.CHECK REAR AIR CONTROL (REAR) REAR AUX BLOWER POT REFERENCE VOLTAGE O

P
ATC-87
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
2. Disconnect rear air control (rear) harness connector.
4. Check voltage between rear air control (rear) harness connector
M216 and ground.

Connector
(+) (-) prox.)
Rear air control (rear): M216 6 Ground 5V

NO >> GO TO 3.
2.CHECK REAR AIR CONTROL (REAR) GROUND CIRCUIT
2. Check continuity between rear air control (rear) harness connec-

YES >> Replace rear air control (rear).
AWIIA0254ZZ
3.CHECK REAR AIR CONTROL (REAR) REAR AUX BLOWER POT FOR SHORT

YES >> GO TO 4.
AWIIA0913ZZ
4.CHECK REAR AIR CONTROL (REAR) REAR AUX BLOWER POT BETWEEN A/C AUTO AMP. AND REAR
AIR CONTROL REAR
M128 (A) and rear air control (rear) harness connector M216
(B).
52 – 6 Continuity should exist.

and Installation".
AWIIA0256ZZ
Rear Blower Motor Relay
ATC-88
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
Check continuity between terminals 6-7 and 3-5 by supplying 12
volts to terminal 1 and ground to terminal 2 of relays. A
G
LJIA0068E
Rear Blower Motor

Confirm smooth rotation of the blower motor. H
• Ensure that there are no foreign particles inside the blower unit.
• Apply 12 volts to terminal 2 and ground to terminal 1 and verify that
I
ATC
JMIIA0606ZZ K
Rear Air Control System INFOID:0000000005952381
L
SYSTEM DESCRIPTION
System Operation
M
WJIA2102E
ATC-89
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
Rear Air Control
When the REAR CTRL indicator is off the rear air control (front) will control all rear blower motor speeds and
the rear temperature/mode operations. When the REAR CTRL switch is pressed (indicator on), the rear air
control (rear) will control all the rear blower motor speeds and the rear temperature/mode operations.
1.CONFIRM SYMPTOM BY PERFORMING REAR AIR CONTROL (FRONT) OPERATIONAL CHECK
1. Press AUTO switch (rear air controls only operate when front blower is on).
2. Turn the rear blower motor to maximum speed from the rear air control (front).
3. Turn rear air control (front) temperature/mode control dial clockwise and then counterclockwise (REAR
CTRL indicator off).
4. Check for hot air at rear floor discharge air outlets in the maximum heat position and cold air at rear roof
discharge air outlets in the maximum cold position.
Does the rear air control (front) operate properly?
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO >> Check rear air control (front). Refer to ATC-89, "Rear Air Control System".
2.CONFIRM SYMPTOM BY PERFORMING REAR AIR CONTROL (REAR) OPERATIONAL CHECK
1. Press the REAR CTRL switch on rear air control (front) to send control to the rear air control (rear).
2. Turn the rear blower motor to maximum speed from the rear air control (rear).
3. Turn rear air control (rear) temperature/mode control dial slowly clockwise and then counterclockwise
(REAR CTRL indicator on).
4. Check for hot air at rear floor discharge air outlets in the maximum heat position and cold air at rear roof
discharge air outlets in the maximum cold position.
Does the rear air control (rear) operate properly?
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO >> Check rear air control (rear). Refer to ATC-89, "Rear Air Control System".
3.CHECK FOR ANY SYMPTOMS
Perform a complete operational check (rear) for any symptoms.
NO >> System OK.
>> GO TO 5.
5.CONFIRM SYMPTOM BY PERFORMING REAR AIR CONTROL (REAR) OPERATIONAL CHECK
Perform rear air control operation diagnosis to check for any codes. Refer to ATC-38, "Operational Check
(Rear)".
Are any symptoms present?
YES >> Refer to ATC-39, "Symptom Matrix Chart".
NO >> System OK.
REAR AIR CONTROL (FRONT) DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE
1.CHECK REAR AIR CONTROL (FRONT) POWER SUPPLY
ATC-90
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
2. Turn ignition switch ON. A
B
YES >> GO TO 2. C
AWIIA0253ZZ
2.CHECK REAR AIR CONTROL (FRONT) REFERENCE VOLTAGE D

M131 and ground.
E

Connector
(+) (-) prox.)
F
Rear air control (front): M131 3 Ground 4.5V
G
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO >> GO TO 6.
AWIIA0257ZZ
3.CHECK REAR AIR CONTROL (FRONT) AUX TEMP POT VOLTAGE H

M131 and ground.
I
Connector
(+) (-) prox.)
ATC
Rear air control (front): M131 7 Ground 4.5V
YES >> GO TO 4. K
NO >> GO TO 7.
AWIIA0258ZZ
4.CHECK REAR AIR CONTROL (FRONT) GROUND CIRCUIT L

2. Check continuity between rear air control (front) harness con-
nector M131 and ground. M

Is the inspection result normal? N
YES >> GO TO 5.
O
AWIIA0254ZZ
5.CHECK REAR AIR CONTROL (FRONT) REFERENCE GROUND CIRCUIT

P
ATC-91
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
Check continuity between rear air control (front) harness connector
M131 and ground.

NO >> GO TO 8.
AWIIA0259ZZ
6.CHECK REAR AIR CONTROL (FRONT) REFERENCE VOLTAGE CIRCUIT

(B).

and Installation".
7.CHECK REAR AIR CONTROL (FRONT) AUX TEMP POT CIRCUIT

(B).

and Installation".
NO >> Repair harness or connector. JMIIA0607ZZ
8.CHECK REAR AIR CONTROL (FRONT) REFERENCE GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN
(B).

and Installation".
AWIIA0261ZZ
REAR AIR CONTROL (REAR) DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE

1.CHECK REAR AIR CONTROL (REAR) AUX TEMPERATURE POT VOLTAGE
ATC-92
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
2. Disconnect rear air control (rear). A
4. Check voltage between rear air control (rear) harness connector
M216 and ground.
B

Connector
(+) (-) prox.)
C
Rear air control (rear): M216 7 Ground 4.5V
YES >> GO TO 2. D
NO >> GO TO 5.
2.CHECK REAR AIR CONTROL (REAR) REFERENCE VOLTAGE E
Check voltage between rear air control (rear) harness connector
M216 and ground.
F
Connector
(+) (-) prox.)
Rear air control (rear): M216 3 Ground 4.5V G

YES >> GO TO 3.
H
NO >> GO TO 6
AWIIA0257ZZ
3.CHECK REAR AIR CONTROL (REAR) REFERENCE RETURN GROUND

I
ATC
K
YES >> GO TO 4.
NO >> GO TO 7.
L
AWIIA0259ZZ
4.CHECK REAR AIR CONTROL (REAR) GROUND CIRCUIT

1. Check continuity between rear air control (rear) harness connec- M
1 – Ground : Continuity should exist. N

YES >> Replace rear air control (rear).
NO >> Repair harness or connector. O
AWIIA0254ZZ
P
5.CHECK REAR AUX TEMP CIRCUIT BETWEEN REAR AIR CONTROL (REAR) AND A/C AUTO AMP. FOR
OPEN
ATC-93
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
(B).

and Installation".
6.CHECK REFERENCE VOLATAGE CIRCUIT BETWEEN REAR AIR CONTROL (REAR) AND A/C AUTO
AMP. FOR OPEN
(B).

and Installation".
7.CHECK REFERENCE RETURN GROUND CIRCUIT BETWEEN REAR AIR CONTROL (REAR) AND A/C
AUTO AMP. FOR OPEN
(B).

and Installation".
Magnet Clutch INFOID:0000000005952382
SYSTEM DESCRIPTION
The A/C auto amp. controls compressor operation based on ambient and intake temperature and a signal
from ECM.
FUNCTION CHECK
1.CONFIRM SYMPTOM BY PERFORMING OPERATIONAL CHECK - MAGNET CLUTCH
2. Press the A/C switch.
3. Press vent switch ( ).
4. Display shows , A/C. Confirm that the compressor clutch engages (sound or visual inspection). (Dis-
charge air and blower speed will depend on ambient, in-vehicle and set temperatures.)
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO >> GO TO 2.
ATC-94
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
2.CHECK FOR ANY SYMPTOMS A

Does another symptom exist? B
NO >> System OK.
3.CHECK FOR SERVICE BULLETINS C
D
>> GO TO 4.
Perform self-diagnosis to check for any codes. Refer to ATC-34, "A/C Auto Amp. Self-Diagnosis". E
NO >> GO TO 5. F
5.CHECK AMBIENT SENSOR
Check and verify ambient sensor circuit. Refer to ATC-98, "Ambient Sensor". G
>> GO TO 6.
6.CHECK INTAKE SENSOR H
Check and verify intake sensor circuit. Refer to ATC-104, "Intake Sensor".
I
>> GO TO 7.
Perform a complete operational check for any symptoms. Refer to ATC-36, "Operational Check (Front)" and ATC
YES >> Refer to ATC-36, "How to Perform Trouble Diagnosis For Quick And Accurate Repair". K
DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE L
1.CHECK INTAKE AND AMBIENT SENSOR CIRCUITS
Check intake and ambient sensors. Refer to ATC-34, "A/C Auto Amp. Self-Diagnosis".
M
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO >> • Malfunctioning intake sensor. Refer to ATC-104, "Intake Sensor".
• Malfunctioning ambient sensor. Refer to ATC-98, "Ambient Sensor". N
2.PERFORM AUTO ACTIVE TEST
Refer to PG-26, "Auto Active Test". O
Does magnet clutch operate?
YES >> • WITH CONSULT-III
GO TO 5. P
• WITHOUT CONSULT-III
GO TO 6.
NO >> Check 10A fuse (No. 48, located in IPDM E/R), and GO TO 3.
3.CHECK CIRCUIT CONTINUITY BETWEEN IPDM E/R AND COMPRESSOR
ATC-95
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
2. Disconnect IPDM E/R connector and compressor (magnet
clutch) connector.
3. Check continuity between IPDM E/R harness connector E12
and A/C compressor harness connector F20.

YES >> GO TO 4.
WJIA0560E
4.CHECK MAGNET CLUTCH CIRCUIT

Check for operation sound when applying battery voltage direct cur-
rent to terminal.
YES >> Replace IPDM E/R. Refer to PG-32, "Removal and
Installation of IPDM E/R".
NO >> Replace magnet clutch.
SJIA0197E
5.CHECK BCM INPUT (COMPRESSOR ON) SIGNAL

Check compressor ON/OFF signal. Refer to ATC-33, "CONSULT-III Function (HVAC)".
A/C SW ON : COMP ON SIG ON

A/C SW OFF : COMP ON SIG OFF
YES >> GO TO 8.
NO >> GO TO 6.
6.CHECK CIRCUIT CONTINUITY BETWEEN BCM AND A/C AUTO AMP.
2. Disconnect BCM connector and A/C auto amp. connector.
3. Check continuity between BCM harness connector M42 (A) and
A/C auto amp. harness connector M127 (B).

4. Check continuity between BCM harness connector M42 and
ground.

JMIIA0608ZZ
YES >> GO TO 7.
7.CHECK VOLTAGE FOR A/C AUTO AMP. (A/C COMPRESSOR ON SIGNAL)
ATC-96
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
1. Reconnect BCM connector and A/C auto amp. connector.
and ground.
B
Terminals
(+)
Condition Voltage C
A/C auto (-)
amp. con- Terminal No.
nector
AWIIA0200ZZ
A/C switch: ON Approx. 0V D
M127 4 Ground
A/C switch: OFF Approx. 5V
E
YES >> GO TO 8.
NO-1 >> If the voltage is approx. 5V when A/C switch is ON, replace A/C auto amp. Refer to ATC-120,
"Removal and Installation".
NO-2 >> If the voltage is approx. 0V when A/C switch is OFF, replace BCM. Refer to BCS-17, "Removal F
and Installation of BCM".
8.CHECK REFRIGERANT PRESSURE SENSOR
G
1. Start engine.
2. Check voltage between ECM harness connector F62 (V9X engine), F115 (YD engine) terminal 70 and
ground.
H
Terminals
(+)
Condition Voltage I
ECM con- Terminal (-)
nector No.
F62
108 ATC
(V9X engine) A/C switch:
Ground Approx. 0.36 - 3.88V
F115 ON
37
(YD engine)
K
YES >> GO TO 9.
NO >> Refer to EC-370, "Diagnosis Procedure". L
9.CHECK BCM INPUT (FAN ON) SIGNAL
Check FAN ON/OFF signal. Refer to ATC-33, "CONSULT-III Function (HVAC)".
M
FRONT BLOWER CONTROL : FAN ON SIG ON
DIAL ON
FRONT BLOWER CONTROL : FAN ON SIG OFF N
DIAL OFF
O
YES >> GO TO 12.
NO >> GO TO 10.
10.CHECK CIRCUIT CONTINUITY BETWEEN BCM AND A/C AUTO AMP. P
ATC-97
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
2. Disconnect BCM connector and A/C auto amp. connector.
3. Check continuity between BCM harness connector M42 (A) and
A/C auto amp. harness connector M127 (B).

4. Check continuity between BCM harness connector M42 and
ground.

JMIIA0609ZZ
YES >> GO TO 11.
11.CHECK VOLTAGE FOR A/C AUTO AMP. (FAN ON SIGNAL)
1. Reconnect BCM connector and A/C auto amp. connector.
and ground.
Terminals
(+)
Condition Voltage
A/C auto amp. (-)
Terminal No.
connector
A/C switch: ON AWIIA0202ZZ
Blower motor Approx. 0V
M127 5 Ground operates
A/C switch: OFF Approx. 5V
YES >> GO TO 12.
NO-1 >> If the voltage is approx. 5V when blower motor is ON, replace A/C auto amp. Refer to ATC-120,
NO-2 >> If the voltage is approx. 0V when blower motor is OFF, replace BCM. Refer to BCS-17, "Removal
12.CHECK CAN COMMUNICATION
Check CAN communication. Refer to LAN-14, "Trouble Diagnosis Flow Chart".
• BCM – ECM
• ECM – IPDM E/R
• ECM – A/C auto amp.
YES >> Inspection End.
NO >> Repair or replace malfunctioning part(s).
Ambient Sensor INFOID:0000000005952388
Ambient Sensor
Ambient sensor (1) is attached to the radiator core support (left side). It detects ambient temperature and con-
verts it into a value which is then input into the A/C auto amp.
ATC-98
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
• ⇐: Front
A
AWIIA0262ZZ
D
AMBIENT TEMPERATURE INPUT PROCESS
The A/C auto amp. includes a processing circuit for the ambient sensor input. However, when the temperature
detected by the ambient sensor increases quickly, the processing circuit retards the A/C auto amp. function. It
only allows the A/C auto amp. to recognize an ambient temperature increase of 0.33°C (0.6°F) per 100 sec- E
onds.
This prevents constant adjustments due to momentary conditions, such as stopping after high speed driving.
Although the actual ambient temperature has not changed, the temperature detected by the ambient sensor F
will increase. This is because the heat from the engine compartment can radiate to the front grille area, loca-
tion of the ambient sensor.
DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE G
1.CHECK VOLTAGE BETWEEN AMBIENT SENSOR AND GROUND
1. Disconnect ambient sensor connector. H
3. Check voltage between ambient sensor harness connector E48
and ground.
I
4 – Ground : Approx. 5V
ATC
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO >> GO TO 4.
MJIB0091E
K
2.CHECK CIRCUIT CONTINUITY BETWEEN AMBIENT SENSOR AND A/C AUTO AMP.
2. Disconnect A/C auto amp. connector. L
3. Check continuity between ambient sensor harness connector
E48 (B) and A/C auto amp. harness connector M127 (A).
M
YES >> GO TO 3. N
JMIIA0611ZZ
3.CHECK AMBIENT SENSOR O
Check the Ambient Sensor Circuit. Refer to ATC-98, "Ambient Sensor".

YES >> 1. Replace A/C auto amp. Refer to ATC-120, "Removal and Installation".
2. Go to ATC-34, "A/C Auto Amp. Self-Diagnosis" and perform self-diagnosis.
NO >> 1. Replace ambient sensor.
4.CHECK CIRCUIT CONTINUITY BETWEEN AMBIENT SENSOR AND A/C AUTO AMP.
ATC-99
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
E48 (B) and A/C auto amp. harness connector M127 (A).

E1 (B) and ground.

JMIIA0612ZZ
After disconnecting ambient sensor connector E48, measure resis-
tance between terminals 3 and 4 at sensor component side, using
the table below.
• ⇐: Front
NOTE:
The ambient sensor is located behind the front grille, below the hood
latch. The ambient sensor provides input for the automatic A/C sys-
tem.
Temperature °C (°F) Resistance kΩ (Approx.)

−20 (−4) 15.00 – 16.57
−10 (14) 9.12 – 10.07
0 (32) 5.84 – 6.20
10 (50) 3.76 – 3.98
20 (68) 2.48 – 2.62
30 (86) 1.69 – 1.79
40 (104) 1.17 – 1.23
50 (122) 0.83 – 0.87
If NG, replace ambient sensor. Refer to ATC-122, "Removal and
Installation". JMIIA0080GB
In-vehicle Sensor INFOID:0000000005952389
In-vehicle Sensor
The in-vehicle sensor (1) is located on the lower instrument panel
LH. It converts variations in temperature of passenger compartment
air (drawn in through the integrated fan) into a resistance value. It is
then input into the A/C auto amp.
AWIIA0264ZZ
ATC-100
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
AWIIA0265ZZ
D
1.CHECK IN-VEHICLE SENSOR CIRCUIT E
Is self-diagnosis DTC B2578 or B2579 (with CONSULT-III) or code 30, 31 44 or 46 (without CONSULT-III)
present?
YES or NO? F
YES >> GO TO 6.
NO >> GO TO 2.
2.CHECK VOLTAGE BETWEEN IN-VEHICLE SENSOR AND GROUND G
1. Disconnect in-vehicle sensor connector.
3. Check voltage between in-vehicle sensor harness connector H
M50 and ground.
4 – Ground : Approx. 5V. I

YES >> GO TO 3.
NO >> GO TO 5. ATC
LJIA0089E
3.CHECK CIRCUIT CONTINUITY BETWEEN IN-VEHICLE SENSOR AND A/C AUTO AMP. K
3. Check continuity between in-vehicle sensor harness connector L

M
YES >> GO TO 4.
NO >> Repair harness or connector. N
JMIIA0613ZZ
4.CHECK IN-VEHICLE SENSOR

O
Check in-vehicle sensor. Refer to ATC-100, "In-vehicle Sensor".
YES >> 1. Replace A/C auto amp. Refer to ATC-120, "Removal and Installation". P
NO >> 1. Replace in-vehicle sensor. Refer to ATC-123, "Removal and Installation".
5.CHECK CIRCUIT CONTINUITY BETWEEN IN-VEHICLE SENSOR AND A/C AUTO AMP.
ATC-101
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
3. Check continuity between in-vehicle sensor harness connector

M50 (B) and ground.

JMIIA0614ZZ
6.CHECK CIRCUIT CONTINUITY BETWEEN IN-VEHICLE SENSOR MOTOR AND A/C AUTO AMP. (SELF-
DIAGNOSIS CODES 30, 31, 44, 46 OR DTC B2578, B2579)
2. Disconnect A/C auto amp. connector and in-vehicle sensor con-
nector.

M50 (B) and ground.
2 – Ground : Continuity should exist. AWIIA0168ZZ

In-vehicle Sensor
ATC-102
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
After disconnecting in-vehicle sensor connector M32, measure resis-
tance between terminals 1 and 4 at sensor component side, using A
the table below.
Temperature °C (°F) Resistance kΩ B

−15 (5) 21.40
−10 (14) 16.15
C
−5 (23) 12.29
0 (32) 9.41
5 (41) 7.27 D
10 (50) 5.66
15 (59) 4.45
20 (68) 3.51 E
25 (77) 2.79
30 (86) 2.24
F
35 (95) 1.80
40 (104) 1.45
45 (113) 1.18 G
AWIIA0269ZZ
If NG, replace in-vehicle sensor. Refer to ATC-123, "Removal and
Installation".
H
Sunload Sensor INFOID:0000000005952390
COMPONENT DESCRIPTION I
The sunload sensor (1) is located in the center of the defroster grille.
It detects sunload entering through windshield by means of a photo
diode. The sensor converts the sunload into a current value which is
then input into the A/C auto amp. ATC
L
AWIIA0169ZZ
SUNLOAD INPUT PROCESS

The front air control includes a processing circuit which averages the variations in detected sunload over a M
period of time. This prevents adjustments in the ATC system operation due to small or quick variations in
detected sunload.
For example, consider driving along a road bordered by an occasional group of large trees. The sunload N
detected by the sunload sensor will vary whenever the trees obstruct the sunlight. The processing circuit aver-
ages the detected sunload over a period of time, so that the (insignificant) effect of the trees momentarily
obstructing the sunlight does not cause any change in the ATC system operation. On the other hand, shortly
after entering a long tunnel, the system will recognize the change in sunload, and the system will react accord- O
ingly.
P
1.CHECK CIRCUIT CONTINUITY BETWEEN SUNLOAD SENSOR AND A/C AUTO AMP.
ATC-103
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
2. Disconnect A/C auto amp. connector and sunload sensor con-
nector.
3. Check continuity between sunload sensor harness connector
M63 (B) and A/C auto amp. harness connector M128 (C) and
M127 (A).

M63 (B) and ground.
AWIIA1072ZZ
1, 2 – Ground. : Continuity should not exist.

YES >> GO TO 2.
2.CHECK CIRCUIT CONTINUITY BETWEEN SUNLOAD SENSOR AND BCM
1. Disconnect BCM connector.
M63 (B) A/C auto amp. M127 (A).

M63 (B) and ground.

Is the inspection result normal? JMIIA0615ZZ
YES >> Replace sunload sensor. Refer to ATC-124, "Removal

and Installation".
Intake Sensor INFOID:0000000005952391
The intake sensor is located on the heater & cooling unit assembly. It
converts temperature of air after if passes through the evaporator
into a resistance value which is then input to the A/C auto amp.
MJIB0173E
1.CHECK VOLTAGE BETWEEN INTAKE SENSOR AND GROUND
ATC-104
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
1. Disconnect intake sensor connector.
3. Check voltage between intake sensor harness connector M82
and ground.
B
2 – Ground : Approx. 5V
YES >> GO TO 2. C
NO >> GO TO 4.
WJIA1375E
2.CHECK CIRCUIT CONTINUITY BETWEEN INTAKE SENSOR AND A/C AUTO AMP. D

E
3. Check continuity between intake sensor harness connector M82
(B) and A/C auto amp. harness connector M127 (A).
1 – 26 : Continuity should exist. F

YES >> GO TO 3.
G
AWIIA0209ZZ
3.CHECK INTAKE SENSOR H

Check intake sensor. Refer to ATC-104, "Intake Sensor".
I
NO >> 1. Replace intake sensor. Refer to ATC-125, "Removal and Installation".
2. Go to ATC-34, "A/C Auto Amp. Self-Diagnosis" and perform self-diagnosis. ATC
4.CHECK CIRCUIT CONTINUITY BETWEEN INTAKE SENSOR AND A/C AUTO AMP.
1. Turn ignition switch OFF. K
(B) and A/C auto amp. harness connector M127 (A).
L
M
(B) and ground.

AWIIA0216ZZ N
O
P
ATC-105
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
After disconnecting intake sensor connector, measure resistance
between terminals 1 and 2 at sensor harness side, using the table
below.
Temperature °C (°F) Resistance kΩ

−15 (5) 209.0
−10 (14) 160.0
−5 (23) 123.0
0 (32) 95.8
5 (41) 74.9
10 (50) 58.9
15 (59) 46.7
20 (68) 37.3
25 (77) 30.0
30 (86) 24.2
35 (95) 19.7
40 (104) 16.1
45 (113) 13.2
MJIB0174E
If NG, replace intake sensor. Refer to ATC-125, "Removal and Instal-
lation".
PTC Heater INFOID:0000000005985882
DIAGNOSIS PROCEDURE
1.CHECK FUSE AND FUSIBLE LINK
Check that the following fuse and fusible link.
• 10A fuse [No. 8, located in the fuse block (J/B)]
• 30A fusible links [No. 28, 31, H (YD engine), No. 28, H, I (V9X engine)]
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO >> Replace the blown fuse or fusible link after repairing the affected circuit if a fuse or fusible link is
blown.
2.CHECK POWER SUPPLY FOR PTC RELAY-1
2. Disconnect PTC relay-1, PTC relay-2 and PTC relay-3 connector.
4. Check the voltage between PTC relay-1 harness connector and ground.
(+)
PTC relay-1 (−) Voltage
Connector terminal
2
E4 Ground Battery voltage
5
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO >> Repair the harness or connector between PTC relay-1 harness connector and fuse or fusible link.
Check the voltage between PTC relay-2 harness connector and ground.
ATC-106
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
(+) A
Connector terminal
B
2
5
YES >> GO TO 4.
4.CHECK POWER SUPPLY FOR PTC RELAY-3 D
E
(+)
Connector terminal F
2
5
G
YES >> GO TO 5.
NO >> Repair the harness or connector between PTC relay-3 harness connector and fuse or fusible link. H
5.CHECK CIRCUIT CONTINUITY BETWEEN PTC RELAY-1 AND A/C AUTO AMP.
2. Disconnect the A/C auto amp. connector. I
3. Check continuity between PTC relay-1 harness connector and A/C auto amp. harness connector.
PTC relay-1 A/C auto amp. ATC

Continuity
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
E4 1 M128 49 Existed
K
YES >> GO TO 6.
NO >> Repair the harnesses or connectors. L
Check continuity between PTC relay-2 harness connector and A/C auto amp. harness connector.
M
PTC relay-2 A/C auto amp.
Continuity
N
YES >> GO TO 7. O
NO >> Repair the harnesses or connectors.
P

Continuity
ATC-107
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
YES >> GO TO 8.
8.CHECK CIRCUIT CONTINUITY BETWEEN PTC RELAY-1 AND PTC HEATER
1. Disconnect the PTC heater connector.
2. Check continuity between PTC relay-1 harness connector and PTC heater harness connector.
PTC relay-1 PTC heater

Continuity
E4 3 M106 1 Existed
YES >> GO TO 9.
Check continuity between PTC relay-2 harness connector and PTC heater harness connector.

Continuity
E5 3 M106 2 Existed
YES >> GO TO 10.

Continuity
E5 3 M106 3 Existed
YES >> GO TO 11.
11.CHECK PTC RELAY-1
Check PTC relay-1. Refer to “COMPONENT INSPECTION”.
YES >> GO TO 12.
NO >> Replace PTC relay-1.
YES >> GO TO 13.
YES >> Replace PTC heater.
ATC-108
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
Check continuity between terminal 3 and 5.
A
Terminal Condition Continuity
12 V direct current supply between terminal 1
Existed B
3 and 5 and 2
No current supply Not existed
JMIIA0635ZZ
D
Insufficient Cooling INFOID:0000000005952383
SYMPTOM: Insufficient cooling

E
INSPECTION FLOW
1.CONFIRM SYMPTOM BY PERFORMING OPERATIONAL CHECK - TEMPERATURE DECREASE
F
2. Turn temperature control dial (driver) counterclockwise until 18°C (60°F) is displayed.
3. Check for cold air at discharge air outlets.
Can the symptom be duplicated? G
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO >> GO TO 2.
2.CHECK FOR ANY SYMPTOMS H
ATC-38, "Operational Check (Rear)". I
YES >> Refer to ATC-39, "Symptom Matrix Chart".
NO >> System OK. ATC
K
>> GO TO 4.
4.PERFORM SELF-DIAGNOSIS L
Perform self-diagnosis Refer to ATC-34, "A/C Auto Amp. Self-Diagnosis".
YES >> GO TO 5. M
NO >> Refer to ATC-35, "A/C System Self-Diagnosis Code Chart".
5.CHECK DRIVE BELTS N
Check compressor belt tension. Refer to EM-14, "Checking Drive Belts" (YD engine) or EM-157, "Checking"
(V9X engine).
OK >> GO TO 6.
NG >> Adjust or replace compressor belt. Refer to EM-15, "Deflection Adjustment", EM-17, "Removal
and Installation" (YD engine) or EM-157, "Tension Adjustment", EM-157, "Removal and Installa-
P
tion" (V9X engine).
6.CHECK AIR MIX DOOR OPERATION
Check and verify air mix door mechanism for smooth operation. Refer to ATC-63, "Air Mix Door Motor"
Does air mix door operate correctly?
YES >> GO TO 7.
NO >> Check air mix door motor circuit. Refer to ATC-63, "Air Mix Door Motor".
ATC-109
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
7.CHECK COOLING FAN MOTOR OPERATION

Check and verify cooling fan motor for smooth operation.
Does cooling fan motor operate correctly?
YES >> GO TO 8.
NO >> Check cooling fan motor.
8.CHECK RECOVERY/RECYCLING EQUIPMENT BEFORE USAGE
Check recovery/recycling equipment before connecting to vehicle. Verify there is no pressure in the recovery/
recycling equipment by checking the gauges. If pressure exists, recover refrigerant from equipment lines.
>> GO TO 9.
9.CHECK REFRIGERANT PURITY
1. Connect recovery/recycling equipment to vehicle.
2. Confirm refrigerant purity in supply tank using recovery/recycling and refrigerant identifier.
YES >> GO TO 10.
NO >> Check contaminated refrigerant. Refer to ATC-5, "Precaution for Working with HFC-134a (R-
134a)".
10.CHECK FOR EVAPORATOR FREEZE UP
Start engine and run A/C. Check for evaporator freeze up.
Does evaporator freeze up?
YES >> Perform diagnostic work flow. Refer to ATC-109, "Insufficient Cooling".
NO >> GO TO 11.
11.CHECK REFRIGERANT PRESSURE
Check refrigerant pressure with manifold gauge connected. Refer to PERFORMANCE CHART in ATC-109,
"Insufficient Cooling".
YES >> GO TO 12.
NO >> Perform diagnostic work flow. Refer to ATC-109, "Insufficient Cooling".
12.CHECK AIR DUCTS
Check ducts for air leaks.
YES >> System OK.
NO >> Repair air leaks.
DIAGNOSTIC WORK FLOW
ATC-110
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
ATC
N
AWIIA0999GB
*1 ATC-166, "Checking System for *2 ATC-154, "Removal and Installation *3 ATC-109, "Insufficient Cooling" O
Leaks Using the Fluorescent Leak for Compressor (YD models)", ATC-
Detector" 155, "Removal and Installation for
Compressor (V9X models)"
*4 “TROUBLE DIAGNOSES FOR UN- *5 ATC-63, "Air Mix Door Motor" P
USUAL PRESSURE” in ATC-109,
"Insufficient Cooling"
ATC-111
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
AWIIA1000GB
*1 ATC-126, "Removal and Installation" *2 ATC-81, "Rear Blower Motor" *3 ATC-154, "Removal and Installation
for Compressor (YD models)", ATC-
155, "Removal and Installation for
*4 EM-14, "Checking Drive Belts" (YD *5 ATC-154, "Removal and Installation
engine), EM-157, "Checking" (V9X for Compressor (YD models)", ATC-
engine) 155, "Removal and Installation for
PERFORMANCE CHART
Test Condition
Testing must be performed as follows:
ATC-112
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
Vehicle location Indoors or in the shade (in a well-ventilated place) A

Doors Closed
Door window Open
Hood Open
B
TEMP. Max. COLD

Mode switch (Ventilation) set C
Recirculation (REC) switch (Recirculation) set
Blower speed Max. speed set

D
Engine speed Idle speed
Operate the air conditioning system for 10 minutes before taking measurements.
Test Reading E
Recirculating-to-discharge Air Temperature Table
Inside air (Recirculating air) at blower assembly inlet

Discharge air temperature at center ventilator F
°C (°F)
Relative humidity Air temperature
Front Rear
% °C (°F) G
20 (68) 9.6 - 12.0 (49 - 54) 11.7 - 13.8 (53 - 57)
25 (77) 13.6 - 16.5 (56 - 62) 15.7 - 18.4 (60 - 65)
40 - 60 H
30 (86) 18.0 - 21.4 (64 - 71) 20.0 - 23.3 (68 - 74)
35 (95) 22.8 - 26.7 (73 - 80) 24.6 - 28.4 (76 - 83)
20 (68) 12.0 - 14.3 (54 - 58) 13.8 - 16.0 (57 - 61)
I
25 (77) 16.5 - 19.3 (62 - 67) 18.4 - 21.1 (65 - 70)
60 - 80
30 (86) 21.4 - 24.8 (71 - 77) 23.3 - 26.6 (74 - 80)
35 (95) 26.7 - 30.5 (80 - 87) 28.4 - 32.3 (83 - 90) ATC
Ambient Air Temperature-to-operating Pressure Table
Ambient air K
High-pressure (Discharge side) Low-pressure (Suction side)
Relative humidity Air temperature kPa (kg/cm2, psi) kPa (kg/cm2, psi)
% °C (°F)
1,090 - 1,210 220 - 240
L
20 (68)
(11.11 - 12.33, 158.0 - 175.4) (2.24 - 2.45, 31.9 - 34.8)
1,370 - 1,520 280 - 310
25 (77) M
(13.97 - 15.49, 198.6 - 220.3) (2.85 - 3.16, 40.6 - 44.9)
40 - 60
1,610 - 1,790 330 - 370
30 (86)
(16.41 - 18.25, 233.4 - 259.5) (3.36 - 3.77, 47.8 - 53.6)
1,940 - 2,150 390 - 430 N
35 (95)
(19.78 - 21.92, 281.2 - 311.7) (3.98 - 4.38, 56.5 - 62.3)
1,210 - 1,330 240 - 260
20 (68)
(12.33 - 13.56, 175.4 - 192.8) (2.45 - 2.65, 34.8 - 37.7) O
1,520 - 1,670 310 - 340
25 (77)
(15.49 - 17.02, 220.3 - 242.1) (3.16 - 3.47, 44.9 - 49.3)
60 - 80
1,790 - 1,970 370 - 410 P
30 (86)
(18.25 - 20.08, 259.5 - 285.6) (3.77 - 4.18, 53.6 - 59.4)
2,150 - 2,370 430 - 470
35 (95)
(21.92 - 24.16, 311.7 - 343.5) (4.38 - 4.79, 62.3 - 68.1)
TROUBLE DIAGNOSES FOR UNUSUAL PRESSURE

Whenever system′s high and/or low side pressure is abnormal, diagnose using a manifold gauge. The marker
above the gauge scale in the following tables indicates the standard (usual) pressure range. Since the stan-
ATC-113
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
dard (usual) pressure, however, differs from vehicle to vehicle, refer to above table (Ambient air temperature-
to-operating pressure table).
Both High- and Low-pressure Sides are Too High
Gauge indication Refrigerant cycle Probable cause Corrective action

Pressure is reduced soon af-
Excessive refrigerant charge in Reduce refrigerant until speci-
ter water is splashed on con-
refrigeration cycle fied pressure is obtained.
denser.
Insufficient condenser cooling
performance
↓ • Clean condenser.
Air suction by cooling fan is in-
1. Condenser fins are • Check and repair cooling fan
sufficient.
clogged. if necessary.
2. Improper fan rotation of
cooling fan
Both high- and low-pressure sides • Low-pressure pipe is not

cold. Poor heat exchange in con-
are too high.
• When compressor is denser
stopped high-pressure val- (After compressor operation
ue quickly drops by approx- stops, high-pressure decreas- Evacuate and recharge system.
es too slowly.)
imately 196 kPa (2 kg/cm2 , ↓
28 psi). It then decreases Air in refrigeration cycle
gradually thereafter.
AC359A Engine cooling systems mal- Check and repair engine cool-
Engine tends to overheat.
function. ing system.
• Excessive liquid refrigerant
on low-pressure side
• Excessive refrigerant dis-
• An area of the low-pressure
charge flow
pipe is colder than areas
• Expansion valve is open a lit-
near the evaporator outlet. Replace expansion valve.
tle compared with the speci-
• Plates are sometimes cov-
fication.
ered with frost.
↓
Improper expansion valve ad-
justment
High-pressure Side is Too High and Low-pressure Side is Too Low
High-pressure side is too high and

low-pressure side is too low.
Upper side of condenser and High-pressure tube or parts lo-
• Check and repair or replace
high-pressure side are hot, cated between compressor
malfunctioning parts.
however, liquid tank is not so and condenser are clogged or
• Check oil for contamination.
hot. crushed.
AC360A
High-pressure Side is Too Low and Low-pressure Side is Too High
ATC-114
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
Gauge indication Refrigerant cycle Probable cause Corrective action A

Compressor pressure opera-
High-pressure side is too low and High- and low-pressure sides tion is improper.
low-pressure side is too high. become equal soon after com- ↓ Replace compressor.
B
pressor operation stops. Damaged inside compressor
packings.

No temperature difference be- tion is improper. C
tween high- and low-pressure ↓ Replace compressor.
sides. Damaged inside compressor
AC356A packings. D
Both High- and Low-pressure Sides are Too Low
Gauge indication Refrigerant cycle Probable cause Corrective action E

• There is a big temperature
difference between liquid
tank outlet and inlet. Outlet F
Liquid tank inside is slightly • Replace liquid tank.
temperature is extremely
clogged. • Check oil for contamination.
low.
• Liquid tank inlet and expan-
sion valve are frosted. G
• Temperature of expansion
valve inlet is extremely low
as compared with areas H
near liquid tank. High-pressure pipe located be- • Check and repair malfunc-
• Expansion valve inlet may tween liquid tank and expan- tioning parts.
be frosted. sion valve is clogged. • Check oil for contamination.
• Temperature difference oc- I
curs somewhere in high-
pressure side.
Check refrigerant system for ATC
leaks. Refer to ATC-166,
Both high- and low-pressure sides Low refrigerant charge.
Expansion valve and liquid "Checking System for Leaks
are too low. ↓
tank are warm or only cool Using the Fluorescent Leak
Leaking fittings or compo-
when touched. Detector" or ATC-167, "Elec- K
nents.
tronic Refrigerant Leak Detec-
tor".
Expansion valve closes a little L
compared with the specifica-
tion.
AC353A
There is a big temperature dif- ↓
• Remove foreign particles by
ference between expansion 1. Improper expansion M
using compressed air.
valve inlet and outlet while the valve adjustment.
valve itself is frosted. 2. Malfunctioning expansion
valve.
3. Outlet and inlet may be N
clogged.
An area of the low-pressure • Check and repair malfunc-
Low-pressure pipe is clogged
pipe is colder than areas near tioning parts. O
or crushed.
the evaporator outlet. • Check oil for contamination.
• Check intake sensor circuit.
Refer to ATC-104, "Intake
Sensor". P
Air flow volume is too low. Evaporator is frozen. • Repair evaporator fins.
• Replace evaporator.
• Refer to ATC-74, "Front
Blower Motor".
Low-pressure Side Sometimes Becomes Negative
ATC-115
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
Low-pressure side sometimes be- • Air conditioning system does

comes negative. Refrigerant does not discharge
not function and does not cy-
cyclically.
clically cool the compart-
↓ • Drain water from refrigerant
ment air.
Moisture is frozen at expan- or replace refrigerant.
• The system constantly func-
sion valve outlet and inlet. • Replace liquid tank.
tions for a certain period of
↓
time after compressor is
Water is mixed with refrigerant.
stopped and restarted.
AC354A
Low-pressure Side Becomes Negative

Leave the system at rest until
no frost is present. Start it
again to check whether or not
the malfunction is caused by
water or foreign particles.
• If water is the cause, initially
cooling is okay. Then the wa-
Low-pressure side becomes nega- ter freezes causing a block-
tive. age. Drain water from
High-pressure side is closed
refrigerant or replace refrig-
Liquid tank or front/rear side of and refrigerant does not flow.
erant.
expansion valve′s pipe is frost- ↓
• If due to foreign particles, re-
ed or dewed. Expansion valve or liquid tank
move expansion valve and
is frosted.
remove the particles with dry
and compressed air (not
shop air).
AC362A
• If either of the above meth-
ods cannot correct the mal-
function, replace expansion
valve.
• Replace liquid tank.
Insufficient Heating INFOID:0000000005952384
SYMPTOM: Insufficient heating

INSPECTION FLOW
1.CONFIRM SYMPTOM BY PERFORMING OPERATIONAL CHECK - TEMPERATURE INCREASE
2. Turn the temperature control dial (driver) clockwise until 32°C (90°F) is displayed.
3. Check for hot air at discharge air outlets.
Can this symptom be duplicated?
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO >> Perform complete system operational check. Refer to ATC-36, "Operational Check (Front)" and
>> GO TO 3.
Perform self-diagnosis. Refer to ATC-34, "A/C Auto Amp. Self-Diagnosis".
ATC-116
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
YES >> GO TO 4.
NO >> Refer to ATC-35, "A/C System Self-Diagnosis Code Chart". A
4.CHECK ENGINE COOLING SYSTEM
1. Check for proper engine coolant level. Refer to CO-8, "Inspection".
B
2. Check hoses for leaks or kinks.
3. Check radiator cap. Refer to CO-15, "Component".
4. Check for air in cooling system.
C
>> GO TO 5.
5.CHECK AIR MIX DOOR OPERATION D
Check the operation of the air mix door.
YES-1 >> GO TO 6. (LHD models) E
YES-2 >> GO TO 7. (RHD models)
NO >> Check the air mix door motor circuit. Refer to ATC-63, "Air Mix Door Motor".
6.CHECK PTC HEATER OPERATION (LHD MODELS) F
Check PTC heater. Refer to ATC-106, "PTC Heater".
G
YES >> GO TO 7.
NO >> Repair or replace parts depending on the inspection results.
7.CHECK AIR DUCTS H
Check for disconnected or leaking air ducts.
YES >> GO TO 8. I
NO >> Repair all disconnected or leaking air ducts.
8.CHECK HEATER HOSE TEMPERATURES ATC
1. Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature.
2. Touch both the inlet and outlet heater hoses.
Is the inspection result normal? K
YES >> Hot inlet hose and a warm outlet hose: GO TO 9.
NO >> GO TO 10.
9.CHECK ENGINE COOLANT SYSTEM L
Check engine control temperature sensor.
M
YES >> System OK.
NO >> Repair or replace as necessary. Retest.
10.CHECK HEATER HOSES N
Check heater hoses for proper installation.
YES >> System OK. O
NO >> 1. Back flush heater core.
2. Drain the water from the system.
3. Refill system with new engine coolant. Refer to CO-8, "Changing Engine Coolant" (YD P
engine) or CO-35, "Inspection" (V9X engine).
4. GO TO 11 to retest.
11.CHECK HEATER HOSE TEMPERATURES
1. Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature.
2. Touch both the inlet and outlet heater hoses.
ATC-117
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
YES >> System OK.
NO >> Replace heater core. Refer to ATC-136, "Removal and Installation".
Noise INFOID:0000000005952385
SYMPTOM: Noise
INSPECTION FLOW
WJIA0473E
ATC-118
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
*1 ATC-154, "Removal and Installation *2 ATC-154, "Removal and Installation *3 ATC-25, "Maintenance of Lubricant A
for Compressor (YD models)", ATC- for Compressor (YD models)", ATC- Quantity in Compressor"
155, "Removal and Installation for 155, "Removal and Installation for
Compressor (V9X models)" Compressor (V9X models)"
*4 ATC-36, "Operational Check (Front)" *5 EM-14, "Checking Drive Belts" (YD B
or ATC-38, "Operational Check engine), EM-157, "Checking" (V9X
(Rear)". engine)
C
Memory Function Check INFOID:0000000005961601
SYMPTOM: Memory function does not operate. D

INSPECTION FLOW
1.CONFIRM SYMPTOM BY PERFORMING OPERATIONAL CHECK - MEMORY FUNCTION E
2. Press the OFF switch.
3. Turn ignition switch OFF. F
6. Confirm that the set temperature remains at previous temperature.
7. Press the OFF switch. G
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO >> GO TO 2. H
2.PERFORM COMPLETE OPERATIONAL CHECK

Perform a complete operational check and check for any symptoms. Refer to ATC-36, "Operational Check I
YES >> Refer to ATC-36, "How to Perform Trouble Diagnosis For Quick And Accurate Repair". ATC
NO >> System OK.
K
>> GO TO 4. L
Are any self-diagnosis codes present? M
NO >> GO TO 5.
5.CHECK POWER AND GROUND CIRCUIT N
Check main power supply and ground circuit. Refer to ATC-56, "A/C Auto Amp Power and Ground Circuit".
YES >> GO TO 6.
NO >> Repair or replace as necessary.
6.RECHECK FOR SYMPTOMS P
ATC-119
CONTROL UNIT
CONTROL UNIT
Removal and Installation INFOID:0000000005952392
A/C AUTO AMP.

Removal
1. Remove the display unit. Refer to AV-144, "Removal and Installation" (Base audio) or AV-274, "Removal
and Installation" (BOSE audio).
2. Remove the four A/C auto amp. screws (A) and remove the A/C
auto amp. (1) from the back of the display unit (2).
ALIIA0134ZZ
Installation
Installation is in the reverse order of removal.
REAR AIR CONTROL (FRONT)
Removal
1. Remove the front roof console finisher from the front roof console. Refer to EI-31, "Removal and Installa-
tion".
2. Remove the four rear air control (front) screws (A), disconnect
the rear air control (front) connector and remove the rear air
control (front) (1) from the front roof console.
ALIIA0135ZZ
Installation
REAR AIR CONTROL (REAR)
Removal
1. Remove the rear finisher assembly from the center console. Refer to IP-11, "Removal and Installation".
2. Remove the four rear air control (rear) screws (A) and remove
the rear air control (rear) (1) from the rear finisher assembly.
ALIIA0136ZZ
Installation
ATC-120
CONTROL UNIT
A
ATC
ATC-121
AMBIENT SENSOR
AMBIENT SENSOR
REMOVAL
1. Remove the front grille. Refer to EI-16.
2. Disconnect the ambient sensor electrical connector.
NOTE:
The ambient sensor is located behind the front bumper, in front
of the condenser.
3. Release the ambient sensor clip and then remove the ambient
sensor.
MJIB0175E
INSTALLATION
Install in the reverse order of removal.
ATC-122
IN-VEHICLE SENSOR
IN-VEHICLE SENSOR
A
REMOVAL B
1. Remove the cluster lid D. Refer toIP-11, "Removal and Installation".
2. Remove the two screws and remove the in-vehicle sensor.
C
WJIA1073E
F
INSTALLATION
G
ATC
ATC-123
SUNLOAD SENSOR
SUNLOAD SENSOR
The sunload sensor is located in the top center of the instrument

panel.
JMIIA0085GB
ATC-124
INTAKE SENSOR
INTAKE SENSOR
A
REMOVAL B
1. Remove the front kick plate.
2. Remove the instrument panel side finisher.
C
3. Remove the glove box.
4. Remove the front pillar finisher.
5. Remove the upper glove box (cluster lid E).
D
6. Disconnect the intake sensor electrical connector.
NOTE:
The intake sensor is located on the top of the front heater and
cooling unit assembly next to the A/C evaporator cover. E
7. Twist the intake sensor to remove the intake sensor from the
front heater and cooling unit assembly.
F
G
LJIA0133E
INSTALLATION H
ATC
ATC-125
BLOWER MOTOR
BLOWER MOTOR
Front Blower Motor
MJIB0210E
1. Front heater and cooling unit assembly 2. Front blower motor 3. Variable blower control
Rear Blower Motor
LJIA0055E
1. Rear blower motor 2. Rear blower motor case 3. Rear blower motor resistor
Removal and Installation of Front Blower Motor

REMOVAL
1. Remove the lower glove box assembly. Refer to IP-11, "Removal and Installation".
2. Disconnect the front blower motor electrical connector.
3. Remove the three screws and remove the front blower motor.
INSTALLATION
ATC-126
BLOWER MOTOR
Removal and Installation of Rear Blower Motor
A
REMOVAL
1. Remove the rear heater and cooling unit assembly. Refer to ATC-132, "Removal and Installation".
2. Disconnect the rear blower motor electrical connector. B
3. Remove the three screws and remove the rear blower motor.
INSTALLATION
Install in the reverse order of removal. C
ATC
ATC-127
AIR CONDITIONER FILTER
FUNCTION
The air inside the passenger compartment is filtered by the air condi-
tioner filters when the heater or A/C controls are set on either the
recirculation or fresh mode. The two air conditioner filters are located
in the front heater and cooling unit assembly. The rear heater and
cooling unit assembly only draws in air from the passenger compart-
ment to recirculate into the passenger compartment, so the rear
heater and cooling unit assembly is not equipped with air conditioner
filters.
MJIB0215E
REPLACEMENT TIMING
Replacement of the two air conditioner filters is recommended on a regular interval depending on the driving
conditions. Refer to MA-7. It may also be necessary to replace the two air conditioner filters as part of a com-
ponent replacement if the air conditioner filters are damaged.
REPLACEMENT PROCEDURE
1. Remove the RH lower dash side finisher. Refer to EI-27.
2. Remove the front pillar lower finisher. Refer to EI-27.
3. Remove the lower glove box.
a. Remove the two lower glove box lower screws.
b. Open the lower glove box, then remove the two lower glove box
upper screws.
c. Disconnect the two upper clips and remove the lower glove box
from the instrument panel to access the air conditioner filter
cover.
WLIA0023E
4. Remove the screw and remove the air conditioner filter cover.
5. Remove the air conditioner filters from the front heater and cool-
ing unit housing.
MJIB0216E
ATC-128
6. Insert the first new air conditioner filter into the front heater and
cooling unit housing and slide it over to the right. Insert the sec- A
ond new air conditioner filter into the front heater and cooling
unit housing.
NOTE:
B
The air conditioner filters are marked with air flow arrows. The
end of the micro filter with the arrow should face the rear of the
vehicle. The arrows should point downward.
C
LJIA0148E
D
7. Install the air conditioner filter cover.
G
MJIB0216E
8. Install the lower glove box in reverse order of removal.

H
Lower glove box lower screws : 3.3 N·m (0.34 kg-m, 29 in-lb)
Lower glove box upper screws : 3.3 N·m (0.34 kg-m, 29 in-lb)
I
NOTE:
• Use the two tabs at the bottom of the lower glove box to align the lower glove box for installation.
• The clips at the top of the lower glove box must be fully seated before installing the lower glove box ATC
upper and lower screws.
ATC-129
HEATER & COOLING UNIT ASSEMBLY
Front Heater and Cooling Unit Assembly —LHD Models—
MJIB0176E
1. Front high-pressure A/C pipe 2. Front low-pressure A/C pipe 3. Front expansion valve
4. Front heater core and evaporator 5. Front A/C drain hose grommet 6. Front A/C drain hose
pipes grommet
7. Front heater core pipes 8. Coolant reservoir hose 9. Front heater and cooling unit assembly
ATC-130
Front Heater and Cooling Unit Assembly —RHD Models—
A
ATC
L
MJIB0177E
1. Front high-pressure A/C pipe A 2. Front high-pressure A/C pipe B 3. Front low-pressure A/C pipe M
4. Front expansion valve 5. Front heater core and evaporator 6. Front A/C drain hose grommet
pipes grommet
7. Front A/C drain hose 8. Front heater core pipe mounts 9. Front heater core pipes N
10. Front heater and cooling unit assembly
ATC-131
Rear Heater and Cooling Unit Assembly
WJIA1403E
1. Rear high- and low-pressure A/C pipes 2. Rear heater core hoses 3. Rear high- and low-pressure A/C pipes
cover
4. Under floor rear high- and low-pressure A/C 5. Rear expansion valve 6. Rear heater and cooling unit assembly
and heater core pipes
FRONT HEATER AND COOLING UNIT ASSEMBLY

Removal
1. Discharge the refrigerant from the A/C system. Refer to ATC-149, "HFC-134a (R-134a) Service Proce-
dure".
2. Drain the coolant from the engine cooling system. Refer to MA-24, "Changing Engine Coolant".
ATC-132
3. Remove the front heater core pipes RH nut.
4. Disconnect the front heater core hoses from the front heater A
core.
5. Disconnect the high- and low-pressure A/C pipes from the front
expansion valve. B
6. Move the two front seats to the rear most position on the seat
track.
7. Remove the instrument panel and console panel. Refer to IP-11, C
8. Remove the two front floor ducts. LJIA0165E
9. Remove the steering column. Refer to PS-12, "Removal and D

Installation".
10. Disconnect the instrument panel wire harness at the RH and LH in-line connector brackets, and the fuse
block (SMJ) electrical connectors. E
11. Remove the covers then remove the three steering member bolts from each side to disconnect the steer-
ing member from the vehicle body.
12. Remove the front heater and cooling unit assembly with it attached to the steering member, from the vehi- F
cle.
CAUTION:
• Use care not to damage the seats and interior trim panels when removing the front heater and
G
cooling unit assembly with it attached to the steering member.
• Use suitable plugs on the heater core pipes to prevent coolant leakage.
13. Remove the front heater and cooling unit assembly from the steering member.
H
Installation
CAUTION:
I
• Replace the O-ring of the low-pressure A/C pipe and high-pressure A/C pipe with a new one, and
apply compressor oil to the O-ring for installation.
• After charging the refrigerant, check for leaks. Refer to ATC-166, "Checking of Refrigerant Leaks".
NOTE: ATC
• Fill the engine cooling system with the specified coolant mixture. Refer to MA-24, "Changing Engine Cool-
ant" .
• Recharge the A/C system. Refer to ATC-149, "HFC-134a (R-134a) Service Procedure". K
REAR HEATER AND COOLING UNIT ASSEMBLY
Removal
L
dure".
M
3. Disconnect the rear heater core hoses from the rear heater core.
4. Remove nuts from the rear heater pipe attachment.
N
P
MJIB0178E
ATC-133
LJIA0021E
5. Disconnect the rear A/C pipes from the rear expansion valve.
6. Remove the rear RH interior trim panel. Refer to EI-34, "Removal and Installation".
7. Disconnect the following electrical connectors:
• Rear blower motor
• Rear blower motor resistor
• Rear air mix door motor
8. Disconnect the ducts from the rear heater and cooling unit assembly.
9. Remove the rear heater and cooling unit assembly.
Installation
CAUTION:
• Replace the O-ring of the low-pressure pipe and high-pressure pipe with a new one, and apply com-
pressor oil to it when installing it.
• After charging the refrigerant, check for leaks.
NOTE:
ant" .
• Recharge the A/C system. Refer to ATC-149, "HFC-134a (R-134a) Service Procedure".
ATC-134
HEATER CORE
HEATER CORE
A
Front Heater and Cooling Unit Assembly B
I
MJIB0211E
1. Front heater core and evaporator pipe 2. Front heater core 3. Front heater and cooling unit assembly ATC
bracket
4. Front heater core cover
Rear Heater and Cooling Unit Assembly K
P
LJIA0168E
1. Rear heater and cooling unit assembly 2. Rear blower motor 3. Rear heater core bracket
4. Rear heater core
ATC-135
HEATER CORE
Removal and Installation of Front Heater Core

REMOVAL
1. Remove the front heater and cooling unit assembly. Refer to ATC-132, "Removal and Installation".
2. Remove the three screws and remove the front heater core cover.
3. Remove the front heater core and evaporator pipe bracket.
4. Remove the front heater core.
NOTE:
If the in-cabin micro filters are contaminated from coolant leak-
ing from the front heater core, replace the in-cabin micro filters
with new ones before installing the new front heater core.
LJIA0134E
INSTALLATION
Removal and Installation of Rear Heater Core
REMOVAL
1. Partially drain the engine cooling system. Refer to MA-24, "Changing Engine Coolant".
3. Remove the rear heater core bracket.
4. Remove the heater core.
INSTALLATION
ATC-136
HEATER PUMP
HEATER PUMP
A
Heater Pump B
I
LBIA0414E
1. Cowl top 2. Heater pump electrical connector 3. Heater pump ATC

4. Heater hose 5. Heater hose
REMOVAL K
2. Disconnect the heater pump electrical connector.
3. Disconnect the two heater hoses. L
4. Remove the heater pump from the bracket securing the heater pump to the cowl top.
CAUTION:
Never disassemble the heater pump, replace the heater pump as an assembly. M
INSTALLATION
CAUTION: N
• The heater pump rubber mount must be fully seated on the bracket.
• Never disassemble the heater pump, replace the heater pump as an assembly.
O
ATC-137
INTAKE DOOR MOTOR
INTAKE DOOR MOTOR
Intake Door Motor - Front Heater and Cooling Unit Assembly

NOTE:
This illustration is for LHD models. The layout for RHD models is symmetrically opposite.
LBIA0415E
1. Front heater and cooling unit assembly 2. Intake door motor 3. Air mix door motor (passenger)
4. Variable blower control 5. Air mix door motor (driver) 6. Mode door motor
REMOVAL
3. Disconnect the intake door motor electrical connector.
4. Remove the three screws and remove the intake door motor.
INSTALLATION
ATC-138
MODE DOOR MOTOR
MODE DOOR MOTOR
A
Mode Door Motor - Front Heater and Cooling Unit Assembly B

NOTE:
C
LBIA0415E ATC
4. Variable blower control 5. Air mix door motor (driver) 6. Mode door motor K
REMOVAL
1. Remove the instrument panel side finisher. Refer to IP-11. L
2. Remove the lower instrument cover. Refer to IP-11.
3. Disconnect the mode door motor electrical connector.
4. Remove the three screws and remove the mode door motor. M
INSTALLATION
N
ATC-139
AIR MIX DOOR MOTOR
AIR MIX DOOR MOTOR
Air Mix Door Motors - Front Heater and Cooling Unit Assembly
NOTE:
LBIA0415E
Removal and Installation of Front Air Mix Door Motor (Passenger)

REMOVAL
3. Disconnect the air mix door motor electrical connector.
4. Remove the three screws and remove the air mix door motor.
INSTALLATION
Removal and Installation of Front Air Mix Door Motor (Driver)
REMOVAL
1. Remove the instrument panel side finisher. Refer to EI-27, "Component".
2. Remove the lower instrument panel RH. Refer to IP-11, "Removal and Installation".
INSTALLATION
ATC-140
AIR MIX DOOR MOTOR
A
Removal and Installation of Rear Air Mix Door Motor
REMOVAL
1. Remove the RH rear interior trim panel. Refer to IP-11, "Removal and Installation". B
2. Disconnect the rear air mix door motor electrical connector.
3. Remove the three screws and remove the rear air mix door
motor. C
E
WJIA1134E
INSTALLATION
Install in the reverse order of removal. F
ATC
ATC-141
VARIABLE BLOWER CONTROL
Variable Blower Control - Front Heater and Cooling Unit Assembly

NOTE:
LBIA0415E
REMOVAL
1. Disconnect the variable blower control electrical connector.
2. Remove the two screws and remove the variable blower control.
INSTALLATION
ATC-142
REAR BLOWER MOTOR RESISTOR
A
Rear Blower Motor Resistor B
G
LJIA0055E
H
REMOVAL
1. Remove the rear RH interior trim panel. Refer to IP-11, "Removal and Installation".
2. Disconnect the rear blower motor resistor electrical connector. I
3. Remove the two screws and remove the rear blower motor resistor.
INSTALLATION ATC
ATC-143
DUCTS AND GRILLES
DUCTS AND GRILLES
Ducts - Front Heater and Cooling Unit Assembly
MJIB0212E
1. Defroster nozzle 2. Side demister duct LH 3. Ventilator duct LH

4. Side demister duct RH 5. Ventilator duct RH 6. Center ventilator duct
10. Front floor ducts 11. Rear floor ducts 12. Rear console duct
13. Center console duct 14. Front console duct
ATC-144
DUCTS AND GRILLES
Ducts - Rear Heater and Cooling Unit Assembly
A
I
LJIA0156E
ATC
ATC-145
DUCTS AND GRILLES
Grilles
MJIB0213E
1. Headliner 2. Overhead grilles 3. Instrument panel

4. Side ventilator grille LH 5. Ventilator grille LH 6. Ventilator grille RH
7. Side ventilator grille RH 8. Side demister grille RH
Removal and Installation of Console Ducts and Console Grille

REMOVAL
The center console must be removed and disassembled to remove the console ducts and the console grille.
Refer to IP-11, "Removal and Installation".
INSTALLATION
Removal and Installation of Defroster Nozzle
REMOVAL
1. Remove the instrument panel trim. Refer to IP-11, "Removal and Installation".
2. Remove the defroster nozzle.
INSTALLATION
Removal and Installation of Side Demister Duct (LH/RH)
ATC-146
DUCTS AND GRILLES
REMOVAL
1. Remove the instrument panel trim. Refer to IP-11, "Removal and Installation". A
2. Remove the center console. Refer to IP-11, "Removal and Installation".
3. Remove the side demister duct (LH/RH).
B
INSTALLATION
Removal and Installation of Ventilator Duct (LH/RH) C
REMOVAL
D
3. Remove the ventilator duct (LH/RH).
INSTALLATION E
Removal and Installation of Center Ventilator Duct
F
REMOVAL
2. Remove the center console. Refer to IP-11, "Removal and Installation". G
4. Remove the RH and LH ventilator ducts.
5. Remove the RH and LH side demister ducts. H
6. Remove the center ventilator duct.
INSTALLATION I
Removal and Installation of Floor Connector Duct
ATC
REMOVAL
2. Remove the center console. Refer to IP-11, "Removal and Installation". K
3. Remove the floor connector duct.
INSTALLATION
Install in the reverse order of removal. L
Removal and Installation of Front and Rear Floor Ducts
REMOVAL M
1. Remove the center console. Refer to IP-20, "Disassembly and Assembly".
2. Remove the floor carpet. Refer toEI-30, "Removal and Installation".
3. Remove the clips and remove the front and rear floor ducts. N
INSTALLATION
O
Removal and Installation of Rear Overhead Ducts
REMOVAL
1. Remove the rear RH interior trim panel. Refer to EI-27, "Component". P
2. Remove the headliner. Refer to EI-31, "Removal and Installation".
NOTE:
The rear headliner duct (connected to the rear upper overhead duct) is part of the headliner and is
replaced as an assembly.
3. Remove the clips and remove the rear upper and lower overhead ducts.
INSTALLATION
ATC-147
DUCTS AND GRILLES
Removal and Installation of Side Rear Floor Duct
REMOVAL
1. Remove the rear RH interior trim panel. Refer to EI-27, "Component".
2. Reposition the floor carpet out of the way.
3. Remove the clips and remove the side rear floor duct.
INSTALLATION
Removal and Installation of Grilles
REMOVAL
1. Remove the necessary interior trim panel(s) to access the grille. Refer to IP-11, "Removal and Installa-
tion".
NOTE:
The overhead grilles are part of the headliner. To replace the overhead grilles the headliner must be
replaced. Refer to EI-31, "Removal and Installation".
2. Remove the grille from the interior trim panel.
INSTALLATION
ATC-148
REFRIGERANT LINES
REFRIGERANT LINES
A
HFC-134a (R-134a) Service Procedure INFOID:0000000005952413
SETTING OF SERVICE TOOLS AND EQUIPMENT B

Discharging Refrigerant
JSIIA0257ZZ
H
1. Shut-off valve 2. A/C service valve 3. Recovery/recycling recharging

equipment
I
WARNING:
Avoid breathing A/C refrigerant and lubricant vapor or mist. Exposure may irritate eyes, nose and
throat. Use only approved recovery/recycling equipment to discharge HFC-134a (R-134a) refrigerant. If ATC
accidental system discharge occurs, ventilate work area before resuming service. Additional health
and safety information may be obtained from refrigerant and lubricant manufacturers.
Evacuating System and Charging Refrigerant K
JSIIA0258ZZ

equipment
4. Vacuum pump 5. Manifold gauge set 6. Refrigerant container (HFC-134a)
ATC-149
REFRIGERANT LINES
7. Weight scale
A. Preferred (best) method B. Alternative method C. For charging
PROCEDURE
WJIA0530E
*1 ATC-25, "Maintenance of Lubricant *3 ATC-166, "Checking of Refrigerant *5 ATC-5, "Contaminated Refrigerant".

Quantity in Compressor". Leaks".
*2 ATC-166, "Checking of Refrigerant *4 ATC-109, "Insufficient Cooling".
Leaks".
ATC-150
REFRIGERANT LINES
A
ATC
M
MJIB0151E

4. Refrigerant pressure sensor 5. Condenser 6. Compressor shaft seal N
O
NOTE:
Refer to ATC-6, "Precaution for Refrigerant Connection".
P
ATC-151
REFRIGERANT LINES
MJIB0152E

ATC-152
REFRIGERANT LINES
Rear A/C
A
ATC
WJIA1400E
K
sure A/C and heater core pipes L
NOTE:
Refer to ATC-6, "Precaution for Refrigerant Connection". M
ATC-153
REFRIGERANT LINES
Removal and Installation for Compressor (YD models) INFOID:0000000006286827
A/C Compressor Mounting
MJIB0558E
1. Compressor 2. Alternator and A/C compressor 3. Timing chain case

bracket
4. Cylinder block
REMOVAL
1. Discharge the A/C refrigerant. Refer to ATC-312, "HFC-134a (R-134a) Service Procedure".
2. Remove the front left wheel and tire assembly. Refer to WT-5, "Rotation".
3. Remove the engine cover.
4. Remove the front left mud guard.
5. Remove the front left splash shield.
6. Remove the engine air cleaner and air ducts. Refer to EM-18, "Removal and Installation" .
7. Remove the drive belt. Refer to EM-14 .
8. Disconnect the compressor harness connector.
9. Disconnect both the front high-pressure flexible A/C hose and front low-pressure flexible A/C hose from
the compressor.
CAUTION:
Cap or wrap the joint of the pipe with suitable material such as vinyl tape to avoid the entry of air.
10. Remove the A/C compressor bolts using power tools.
INSTALLATION
CAUTION:
• Replace the O-ring of the front low-pressure flexible A/C hose and front high-pressure flexible A/C
hose with a new one, apply compressor oil to the O-rings before installation.
• After recharging the A/C system with refrigerant, check for leaks. Refer to ATC-329, "Checking of
Refrigerant Leaks".
CHECK DISC TO PULLEY CLEARANCE
ATC-154
REFRIGERANT LINES
• Check clearance around entire periphery of clutch disc.
A
Disc to pulley clearance : 0.3 - 0.6 mm (0.012 - 0.024 in)
• If specified clearance is not obtained, replace adjusting spacer and
readjust. B
SJIA1167E
D
Removal and Installation for Compressor (V9X models) INFOID:0000000005952415

E
ATC
JMIIA0923GB
1. Compressor
K
REMOVAL
2. Remove the front left wheel and tire assembly. Refer to WT-5, "Rotation". L
3. Remove the front engine undercover.
5. Remove the front left splash shield. M
6. Remove the cooling fan.
7. Disconnect harness connector from fan motor.
N
8. Remove the cooling fan harness.
9. Remove the cooling fan braket.
10. Remove the drive belt. Refer to EM-14 . O
11. Remove the A/C compressor braket.
13. Disconnect both the front high-pressure flexible A/C hose and front low-pressure flexible A/C hose from P
the compressor.
CAUTION:
INSTALLATION
ATC-155
REFRIGERANT LINES
CAUTION:
Refrigerant Leaks".

readjust.
SJIA1167E
Removal and Installation of Compressor Clutch INFOID:0000000006287747
JMIIA0924GB
1. Clutch disc 2. Shim 3. Snap ring

4. Pulley assembly 5. Field coil 6. Compressor unit
REMOVAL
Overhaul
1. Fix clutch disc.
2. Remove center bolt, and then remove clutch disc.
3. Remove snap ring using external snap ring pliers.
4. Position center pulley puller on the end of the drive shaft, and remove pulley assembly using any commer-
cially available pulley puller.
To prevent pulley groove from being deformed, puller claws should be positioned into the edge of the pul-
ley assembly.
5. Disconnect field coil harness connector from compressor unit.
6. Remove screws, and then remove field coil.
INSTALLATION
1. Install field coil (1).
ATC-156
REFRIGERANT LINES
Be sure to align the coil’s pin (2) with the hole in the compres-
sor’s front head. A
2. Connect field coil harness connector to compressor unit.
JMIIA0575ZZ
D
3. Install pulley assembly (1) using pulley installer
(SST:KV99106200) (A) and a hand press, and then install snap
ring (2) using snap ring pliers. E
G
JMIIA0576ZZ
4. Install clutch disc on drive shaft, together with original shim(s). Press clutch disc down by hand. H
5. Tighten center bolt to the specified torque while fixing clutch disc not to rotate.
After tightening the bolt, check that the pulley rotates smoothly.
I
Break-in Operation
When replacing compressor clutch assembly, always perform the break-in operation, by engaging and disen-
gaging the clutch approximately 30-times. Break-in operation increases the level of transmitted torque.
ATC
Removal and Installation for Front High-pressure Flexible A/C Hose (YD models)
INFOID:0000000005952416
K
REMOVAL
2. Remove the front left mud guard. L
4. Discharge the refrigerant. Refer to ATC-149, "HFC-134a (R-134a) Service Procedure".
5. Remove the front high-pressure flexible A/C hose. Refer toATC-151, "Component". M
CAUTION:
INSTALLATION N
NOTE:
Refer to ATC-151, "Component". O
CAUTION:
• Replace the O-ring of the front high-pressure flexible A/C hose with a new one, then apply compres-
sor oil to it for installation.
P
• After charging refrigerant, check for leaks.
Removal and Installation for Front High-pressure Flexible A/C Hose (V9X models)
INFOID:0000000006286830
REMOVAL
ATC-157
REFRIGERANT LINES
5. Remove the air inlet hose. Refer to EM-162, "Removal and Installation".
6. Remove the front high-pressure flexible A/C hose. Refer toATC-314, "Component".
CAUTION:
INSTALLATION
NOTE:
Refer to ATC-314, "Component".
CAUTION:
Removal and Installation for Front High-pressure A/C Pipe (YD models) INFOID:0000000005952417
REMOVAL
1. Remove the front right wheel and tire assembly. Refer toWT-5, "Rotation".
2. Remove the front right mud guard.
3. Remove the front right splash shield.
5. Remove the front low pressure A/C pipe. Refer to ATC-160, "Removal and Installation for Rear High- and
Low-Pressure A/C Pipes".
6. Remove the front high-pressure A/C pipe. Refer to ATC-151, "Component".
CAUTION:
INSTALLATION
NOTE:
CAUTION:
• Replace the O-ring of the front high-pressure A/C pipe with a new one, then apply compressor oil to
it for installation.
Removal and Installation for Front High-pressure A/C Pipe (V9X models) INFOID:0000000006286831
REMOVAL
4. Remove the battery. Refer to SC-11, "Removal and Installation".
5. Remove steering oil tank braket. Refer to PS-39, "Removal and Installation".
6. Disconnect harness clip, and then remove engine harness.
7. Disconnect the connector clip onthe fuse box.
8. Remove the fuse box and fuse box braket.
9. Remove the mounting bolt, and then disconnect ground cable.
10. Remove the nut onthe positive battery cable.
11. Disconnect fuse and fusible link connector.
12. Disconnect ECM harness connectors.
13. Disconnect IPDM E/R connectors.
ATC-158
REFRIGERANT LINES
15. Remove the front low pressure A/C pipe. Refer to ATC-323, "Removal and Installation for Rear High- and A
CAUTION: B
INSTALLATION
NOTE:
CAUTION: D
E
Removal and Installation for Front Low-Pressure Flexible A/C Hose (YD models)
INFOID:0000000005952418
F
REMOVAL
1. Remove the front right wheel and tire assembly. Refer to WT-5, "Rotation".
2. Remove the front right mud guard. G
CAUTION: H
5. Remove the front low-pressure flexible A/C hose. Refer toATC-151, "Component".
INSTALLATION I
NOTE:
Refer to ATC-151, "Component". ATC
CAUTION:
• Replace the O-ring of the front low-pressure flexible A/C hose with a new one, then apply compres-
sor oil to it for installation. K
Removal and Installation for Front Low-Pressure Flexible A/C Hose (V9X models)
INFOID:0000000006286833 L
REMOVAL
1. Remove the air cleaner case (upper) and air duct. Refer to EM-162, "Removal and Installation". M
CAUTION:
Cap or wrap the joint of the pipe with suitable material such as vinyl tape to avoid the entry of air. N
INSTALLATION
Install in the reverse order of removal. O
NOTE:
CAUTION: P
Removal and Installation for Front Low-Pressure A/C Pipe (YD models) INFOID:0000000005952419
REMOVAL
ATC-159
REFRIGERANT LINES
1. Discharge the refrigerant. Refer toATC-149, "HFC-134a (R-134a) Service Procedure".
2. Disconnect the heater pump connector.
3. Remove the heater pump from the bracket and reposition out of the way. Do not disconnect the heater
hoses from the heater pump.
4. Remove the front low-pressure A/C pipe. Refer to ATC-151, "Component".
CAUTION:
INSTALLATION
NOTE:
CAUTION:
• Replace the O-ring of the front low-pressure A/C pipe with a new one, then apply compressor oil to it
for installation.
Removal and Installation for Front Low-Pressure A/C Pipe (V9X models) INFOID:0000000006286834
REMOVAL
3. Remove the front right mad guard.
4. Remove the fornt right splash shield.
5. Remove the air cleaner case (upper) and air duct. Refer to EM-162, "Removal and Installation".
6. Remove the water pipe onte turbocharger.
7. Remove the recovery of capacity oil from turbocharger.
8. Remove the brake pipe cover.
CAUTION:
INSTALLATION
NOTE:
CAUTION:
for installation.
Removal and Installation for Rear High- and Low-Pressure A/C Pipes INFOID:0000000005952420
REMOVAL
2. Remove the rear RH interior trim panel. Refer to ATC-151, "Component".
3. Remove the rear high- and low-pressure A/C pipes. Refer toATC-151, "Component".
CAUTION:
INSTALLATION
NOTE:
Refer toATC-151, "Component".
CAUTION:
• Replace the O-ring of the rear high- and low-pressure A/C pipes with a new one, then apply compres-
ATC-160
REFRIGERANT LINES
Removal and Installation for Under-floor Rear High- and Low-Pressure A/C and Heater
A
Core Pipes INFOID:0000000005952421
REMOVAL
B
2. Remove the under-floor rear high- and low-pressure A/C and heater core pipes. Refer to ATC-151, "Com-
ponent".
C
CAUTION:
Cap or wrap the joint of the pipes with suitable material such as vinyl tape to avoid the entry of air.
INSTALLATION D
NOTE:
CAUTION: E
• Replace the O-ring of the under-floor rear high- and low-pressure A/C and heater core pipes with a
new one, then apply compressor oil to it for installation.
• After charging refrigerant, check for leaks. F
Removal and Installation for Refrigerant Pressure Sensor INFOID:0000000005952422
REMOVAL G
2. Disconnect the refrigerant pressure sensor harness connector H
and remove the refrigerant pressure sensor from the condenser.
CAUTION:
Be careful not to damage the condenser fins.
I
ATC
LJIA0177E
K
INSTALLATION
NOTE: L
CAUTION:
• Be careful not to damage the condenser fins.
• Apply compressor oil to the O-ring of the refrigerant pressure sensor for installation. M
Removal and Installation for Condenser INFOID:0000000005952423
N
REMOVAL
1. Discharge the refrigerant. Refer to ATC-149, "HFC-134a (R-134a) Service Procedure". O
2. Remove the radiator. Refer to CO-11.
CAUTION:
Be careful not to damage the core surface of the condenser and the radiator. P
3. Disconnect the front high-pressure flexible A/C hose and the front high-pressure A/C pipe from the con-
denser.
CAUTION:
ATC-161
REFRIGERANT LINES
4. Disconnect the refrigerant pressure sensor harness connector.
5. Remove the refrigerant pressure sensor from the condenser.
6. Lift the condenser out of the mounting grommets and remove
the condenser.
LJIA0177E
INSTALLATION
NOTE:
CAUTION:
• Replace the O-rings of the front high-pressure A/C pipe and the front high-pressure flexible A/C hose
with new ones, then apply compressor oil to them for installation.
• Replace the mounting grommets as necessary.
ATC-162
REFRIGERANT LINES
Removal and Installation for Front Evaporator INFOID:0000000005952424
A
Front Heater and Cooling Unit Assembly
ATC
M
MJIB0214E
1. Center ventilator connector duct 2. Front heater core cover 3. Intake air case
4. Front heater core and evaporator 5. Front heater core and evaporator 6. Front heater core N
pipes bracket pipes grommet
7. Upper heater and cooling unit case 8. Front expansion valve 9. Front evaporator
10. Lower heater and cooling unit case 11. Variable blower control 12. Blower motor O
REMOVAL
1. Remove the front heater core. Refer to ATC-136, "Removal and Installation". P
2. Separate the heater and cooling unit case.
3. Remove the front evaporator.
INSTALLATION
CAUTION:
ATC-163
REFRIGERANT LINES
Replace the O-rings on the front A/C low-pressure flexible A/C hose and the front high-pressure A/C
pipe with new ones. Apply compressor oil to the O-rings for installation.
Removal and Installation for Rear Evaporator INFOID:0000000005952425
LJIA0135E
1. Front cover 2. Rear evaporator and heater core case 3. Rear evaporator
4. Side cover 5. Rear heater core 6. Rear blower motor
7. Blower motor case 8. Rear blower motor resistor
REMOVAL
1. Remove the rear heater and cooling unit assembly from the vehicle. Refer to ATC-132, "Removal and
Installation".
2. Remove the rear blower motor.
3. Remove the rear blower speed resistor.
ATC-164
REFRIGERANT LINES
4. Remove the rear air mix door motor.
5. Remove the rear duct and blend door assembly. Refer to ATC- A
6. Disassemble the rear heater and cooling unit assembly to
remove the rear evaporator. B
WJIA1134E
D
INSTALLATION
CAUTION:
• Replace the O-rings on the rear high- and low-pressure A/C pipes with new ones. Apply compressor E
oil to the O-rings for installation.
Removal and Installation for Front Expansion Valve INFOID:0000000005952426
F
REMOVAL
G
3. Remove the front heater core and evaporator pipes grommet. H
4. Remove the front expansion valve.
INSTALLATION
Install in the reverse order of removal. I
CAUTION:
• Replace the O-rings on then front expansion valve and the A/C refrigerant pipes with new ones, then
apply compressor oil to them for installation. ATC
• Alway tighten the mounting bolts to the specified torque.
K
Expansion valve bolts : 4.0 N·m (0.41 kg-m, 35 in-lb)
A/C refrigerant pipe to expansion valve bolt : Refer to ATC-151, "Component".
Removal and Installation for Rear Expansion Valve INFOID:0000000005952427

L
REMOVAL
M
2. Remove the rear RH interior side trim panel access door.
3. Disconnect the rear high- and low-pressure A/C pipes from the rear expansion valve. N
CAUTION:
Cap or wrap the A/C refrigerant pipe ends with a suitable material such as vinyl tape to avoid the
entry of air and contaminants.
O
4. Remove the expansion valve.
INSTALLATION
Install in the reverse order of removal. P
CAUTION:
• Replace the O-rings on the rear expansion valve and the rear high- and low-pressure A/C pipes with
new ones, then apply compressor oil to them for installation.
• Always tighten the mounting bolts to the specified torque.
ATC-165
REFRIGERANT LINES

Checking of Refrigerant Leaks INFOID:0000000005952428
Perform a visual inspection of all refrigeration parts, fittings, hoses and components for signs of A/C lubricant
leakage, damage and corrosion. A/C lubricant leakage may indicate an area of refrigerant leakage. Allow
extra inspection time in these areas when using either an electronic refrigerant leak detector or fluorescent
dye leak detector.
If dye is observed, confirm the leak with an electronic refrigerant leak detector. It is possible a prior leak was
repaired and not properly cleaned.
When searching for leaks, do not stop when one leak is found but continue to check for additional leaks at all
system components and connections.
When searching for refrigerant leaks using an electronic leak detector, move the probe along the suspected
leak area at 1 to 2 inches per second and no further than 1/4 inch from the component.
CAUTION:
Moving the electronic leak detector probe slower and closer to the suspected leak area will improve
the chances of finding a leak.
Checking System for Leaks Using the Fluorescent Leak Detector INFOID:0000000005952429
1. Check A/C system for leaks using the UV lamp and safety goggles [SST: J-42220] in a low sunlight area
(area without windows preferable). Illuminate all components, fittings and lines. The dye will appear as a
bright green/yellow area at the point of leakage. Fluorescent dye observed at the evaporator drain open-
ing indicates an evaporator core assembly (tubes, core or expansion valve) leak.
2. If the suspected area is difficult to see, use an adjustable mirror or wipe the area with a clean shop rag or
cloth, with the UV lamp for dye residue.
3. After the leak is repaired, remove any residual dye using dye cleaner [SST: J-43872] to prevent future mis-
diagnosis.
4. Perform a system performance check and verify the leak repair with an approved electronic refrigerant
leak detector.
NOTE:
Other gases in the work area or substances on the A/C components, for example, anti-freeze, windshield
washer fluid, solvents and lubricants, may falsely trigger the leak detector. Make sure the surfaces to be
checked are clean.
Clean with a dry cloth or blow off with shop air.
Never allow the sensor tip of the detector to contact with any substance. This can also cause false readings
and may damage the detector.
Dye Injection INFOID:0000000005952430
(This procedure is only necessary when recharging the system or when the compressor has seized and was
replaced.)
1. Check A/C system static (at rest) pressure. Pressure must be at least 345 kPa (3.45 bar, 3.52 kg/cm2, 50
psi).
2. Pour one bottle (1/4 ounce / 7.4 cc) of the A/C refrigerant dye into the injector tool [SST: J-41459].
3. Connect the injector tool to the A/C Low-pressure side service fitting.
4. Start engine and switch A/C ON.
5. When the A/C operating (compressor running), inject one bottle (1/4 ounce / 7.4 cc) of fluorescent dye
through the low-pressure service valve using dye injector tool J-41459 (refer to the manufacture’s operat-
ing instructions).
6. With the engine still running, disconnect the injector tool from the service fitting.
CAUTION:
Be careful the A/C system or replacing a component, pour the dye directly into the open system
connection and proceed with the service procedures.
ATC-166
REFRIGERANT LINES
7. Operate the A/C system for a minimum of 20 minutes to mix the dye with the system oil. Depending on the
leak size, operating conditions and location of the leak, it may take from minutes to days for the dye to A
penetrate a leak and become visible.
Electronic Refrigerant Leak Detector INFOID:0000000005952431
B
PRECAUTIONS FOR HANDLING LEAK DETECTOR
When performing a refrigerant leak check, use an A/C electrical leak
detector (SST) or equivalent. Ensure that the instrument is calibrated C
and set properly per the operating instructions.
The leak detector is a delicate device. In order to use the leak detec-
tor properly, read the operating instructions and perform any speci- D
fied maintenance.
SHA705EB
F
1. Position probe approximately 5 mm (3/16 in) away from point to
be checked.
G
I
SHA707EA
2. When testing, circle each fitting completely with probe. ATC
SHA706E
M
3. Move probe along component approximately 25 to 50 mm (1 to

2 in)/sec. N
SHA708EA
CHECKING PROCEDURE
To prevent inaccurate or false readings, make sure there is no refrigerant vapor, shop chemicals, or cigarette
smoke in the vicinity of the vehicle. Perform the leak test in calm area (low air/wind movement) so that the
leaking refrigerant is not dispersed.
ATC-167
REFRIGERANT LINES
1. Turn engine OFF.
2. Connect a suitable A/C manifold gauge set (SST) to the A/C service valves.
3. Check if the A/C refrigerant pressure is at least 345 kPa (3.45 bar, 3.52 kg/cm2, 50 psi) above 16°C. If less
than specification, recover/evacuate and recharge the system with the specified amount of refrigerant.
NOTE:
At temperatures below 16°C, leaks may not be detected since the system may not reach 345 kPa (3.45
bar, 3.52 kg/cm2, 50 psi).
4. Perform the leak test from the high-pressure side (compressor discharge a to evaporator inlet g) to the
low-pressure side (evaporator drain hose h to shaft seal l). Refer to ATC-151, "Component". Perform a
leak check for the following areas carefully. Clean the component to be checked and move the leak
detected probe completely around the connection/component.
Compressor
Check the fitting of high- and low-pressure flexible hoses, relief valve and shaft seal.
Liquid tank
Check the refrigerant pressure sensor.
Service valves
Check all around the service valves. Ensure service valve caps are secured on the service valves (to pre-
vent leaks).
NOTE:
After removing A/C manifold gauge set from service valves, wipe any residue from valves to prevent any
false readings by leak detector.
Cooling unit (Evaporator)
With engine OFF, turn blower fan on “High” for at least 15 seconds to dissipate any refrigerant trace in the
cooling unit. Wait a minimum of 10 minutes accumulation time (refer to the manufacturer’s recommended
procedure for actual wait time) before inserting the leak detector probe into the drain hose.
Keep the probe inserted for at least 10 seconds. Use caution not to contaminate the probe tip with water
or dirt that may be in the drain hose.
5. If a leak detector detects a leak, verify at least once by blowing compressed air into area of suspected
leak, then repeat check as outlined above.
6. Do not stop when one leak is found. Continue to check for additional leaks at all system components.
If no leaks are found, perform steps 7 - 10.
7. Start engine.
8. Set the heater A/C control as follows;
a. A/C switch: ON
b. MODE control dial: VENT (Ventilation)
c. Intake door position: Recirculation
d. Max. cold temperature
e. Fan speed: High
9. Run engine at 1,500 rpm for at least 2 minutes.
10. Turn engine off and perform leak check again following steps 4 through 6 above.
Refrigerant leaks should be checked immediately after stopping
the engine. Begin with the leak detector at the compressor. The
pressure on the high-pressure side will gradually drop after
refrigerant circulation stops and pressure on the low-pressure
side will gradually rise, as shown in the graph. Some leaks are
more easily detected when pressure is high.
SHA839E
11. Discharge A/C system using approved refrigerant recovery equipment. Repair the leaking fitting or com-
ponent as necessary.
12. Evacuate and recharge A/C system and perform the leak test to confirm no refrigerant leaks.
13. Perform A/C performance test to ensure system works properly.
ATC-168
SERVICE DATA AND SPECIFICATIONS (SDS)
A
Service Data and Specification (SDS) INFOID:0000000005952432
COMPRESSOR B
Make ZEXEL VALEO CLIMATE CONTROL

C
Model DKS-17D
Type Swash plate
Displacement 175.5 cm3 (10.7 in3) / revolution D
Cylinder bore × stroke 30.5 mm (1.20 in) x 24.0 mm (0.94 in)
Direction of rotation Clockwise (viewed from drive end)
E
Drive belt Poly V
LUBRICANT
F
Model DKS-17D
G
Name Genuine NISSAN A/C System Lubricant Type S (DH-PS)
Part number KLH00-PAGS0
Without rear A/C 180 m (6.3 Imp fl oz) H
Capacity
With rear A/C 210 m (7.4 Imp fl oz)
REFRIGERANT I
Type HFC 134a (R-134a)

Without rear A/C 0.70 ± 0.05 kg (1.54 ± 0.11 lb) ATC
Capacity
With rear A/C 0.85 ± 0.05 kg (1.87 ± 0.11 lb)
ENGINE IDLING SPEED K

Refer to EC-389, "General Specification".
BELT TENSION
Refer to EM-15, "Deflection Adjustment". L
ATC-169
PRECAUTIONS
< SERVICE INFORMATION > [WITHOUT NAVIGATION SYSTEM]
SERVICE INFORMATION
PRECAUTIONS
Precaution for Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) "AIR BAG" and "SEAT BELT
PRE-TENSIONER" INFOID:0000000005418204
The Supplemental Restraint System such as “AIR BAG” and “SEAT BELT PRE-TENSIONER”, used along
with a front seat belt, helps to reduce the risk or severity of injury to the driver and front passenger for certain
types of collision. Information necessary to service the system safely is included in the SRS and SB section of
this Service Manual.
WARNING:
• To avoid rendering the SRS inoperative, which could increase the risk of personal injury or death in
the event of a collision which would result in air bag inflation, all maintenance must be performed by
an authorized NISSAN/INFINITI dealer.
• Improper maintenance, including incorrect removal and installation of the SRS, can lead to personal
injury caused by unintentional activation of the system. For removal of Spiral Cable and Air Bag
Module, see the SRS section.
• Never use electrical test equipment on any circuit related to the SRS unless instructed to in this Ser-
vice Manual. SRS wiring harnesses can be identified by yellow and/or orange harnesses or harness
connectors.
Precaution for Working with HFC-134a (R-134a) INFOID:0000000005418205
WARNING:
• CFC-12 (R-12) refrigerant and HFC-134a (R-134a) refrigerant are not compatible. These refrigerants
must never be mixed, even in the smallest amounts. If the refrigerants are mixed and compressor
malfunction is likely occur.
• Use only specified lubricant for the HFC-134a (R-134a) A/C system and HFC-134a (R-134a) compo-
nents. If lubricant other than that specified is used, compressor malfunction is likely to occur.
• The specified HFC-134a (R-134a) lubricant rapidly absorbs moisture from the atmosphere. The fol-
lowing handling precautions must be observed:
- When removing refrigerant components from a vehicle, immediately cap (seal) the component to
minimize the entry of moisture from the atmosphere.
- When installing refrigerant components to a vehicle, never remove the caps (unseal) until just before
connecting the components. Connect all refrigerant loop components as quickly as possible to min-
imize the entry of moisture into system.
- Only use the specified lubricant from a sealed container. Immediately reseal containers of lubricant.
Without proper sealing, lubricant will become moisture saturated and should not be used.
- Avoid breathing A/C refrigerant and lubricant vapor or mist. Exposure may irritate eyes, nose and
throat. Use only approved recovery/recycling equipment to discharge HFC-134a (R-134a) refrigerant.
If accidental system discharge occurs, ventilate work area before resuming service. Additional
health and safety information may be obtained from refrigerant and lubricant manufacturers.
- Never allow lubricant (Nissan A/C System Oil Type S) to come in contact with styrofoam parts. Dam-
age may result.
Contaminated Refrigerant INFOID:0000000005418206
If a refrigerant other than pure HFC-134a (R-134a) is identified in a vehicle, your options are:
• Explain to the customer that environmental regulations prohibit the release of contaminated refrigerant into
the atmosphere.
• Explain that recovery of the contaminated refrigerant could damage your service equipment and refrigerant
supply.
• Suggest the customer return the vehicle to the location of previous service where the contamination may
have occurred.
• If you choose to perform the repair, recover the refrigerant using only dedicated equipment and contain-
ers. Never recover contaminated refrigerant into your existing service equipment. If your facility does
not have dedicated recovery equipment, you may contact a local refrigerant product retailer for available ser-
vice. This refrigerant must be disposed of in accordance with all federal and local regulations. In addition,
replacement of all refrigerant system components on the vehicle is recommended.
ATC-170
PRECAUTIONS
• If the vehicle is within the warranty period, the air conditioner warranty is void. Please contact NISSAN Cus-
tomer Affairs for further assistance. A
General Refrigerant Precaution INFOID:0000000005418207
WARNING: B
• Never release refrigerant into the air. Use approved recovery/recycling equipment to capture the
refrigerant every time an air conditioning system is discharged.
• Always wear eye and hand protection (goggles and gloves) when working with any refrigerant or air C
conditioning system.
• Never store or heat refrigerant containers above 52°C.
• Never heat a refrigerant container with an open flame; if container warming is required, place the
D
bottom of the container in a warm pail of water.
• Never intentionally drop, puncture, or incinerate refrigerant containers.
• Keep refrigerant away from open flames: poisonous gas will be produced if refrigerant burns.
• Refrigerant will displace oxygen, therefore be certain to work in well ventilated areas to prevent suf- E
focation.
• Never pressure test or leak test HFC-134a (R-134a) service equipment and/or vehicle air conditioning
systems with compressed air during repair. Some mixtures of air and HFC-134a (R-134a) have been
F
shown to be combustible at elevated pressures. These mixtures, if ignited, may cause injury or prop-
erty damage. Additional health and safety information may be obtained from refrigerant manufactur-
ers.
G
Precaution for Battery Service (for V9X Models) INFOID:0000000006302471
When disconnect the battery cable, pay attention to the following.

• Always use a 12 volt battery as power source. H
• Do not attempt to disconnect battery cables while engine is run-
ning.
• Before disconnecting battery cables, turn ignition switch OFF I
and wait at least 4 minutes.
• After high-load driving, turn the ignition switch OFF and wait
for at least 15 minutes to remove the battery cable.
NOTE: ATC
• Turbocharger cooling pump may operate in a few minutes after
the ignition switch is turned OFF.
SEF289H
• Example of high-load driving K
- Driving for 30 minutes or more at 140 km/h (86 MPH) or more.
- Driving for 30 minutes or more on a steep slope.
Precaution for Refrigerant Connection INFOID:0000000005418208
L
A new type refrigerant connection has been introduced to all refrigerant lines except the following locations.
• Expansion valve to cooling unit M
• Evaporator pipes to evaporator (inside cooling unit)
• Refrigerant pressure sensor
ABOUT ONE-TOUCH JOINT N
Description
• One-touch joints are pipe joints which never require tools during piping connection.
• Unlike conventional connection methods using union nuts and flanges, controlling tightening torque at con- O
nection point is not necessary.
• When removing a pipe joint, use a disconnector.
P
ATC-171
PRECAUTIONS
COMPONENT PARTS
RJIA0970E
FUNCTIONS OF COMPONENT PARTS
• Retains O-rings.
Pipe (Male side)
• Retains garter spring in cage.
Garter spring Anchors female side piping.
When connection is made properly, this is ejected from male-side piping. (This part is no longer neces-
Indicator ring
sary after connection.)
O-ring Seals connection point. (Not reusable)
• Seals connection by compressing O-rings.
Pipe (Female side)
• Anchors piping connection using flare and garter spring.
NOTE:
• Garter spring cannot be removed from cage of male-side piping.
• Indicator ring remains near piping connection point, however, this is not a malfunction. (This is to check pip-
ing connection during factory assembly.)
REMOVAL
SJIA0106E
1. Clean piping connection point, and set a disconnector.

2. Slide disconnector in axial direction of piping, and stretch garter spring with tapered point of disconnector.
3. Slide disconnector farther so that inside diameter of garter spring becomes larger than outside diameter of
female-side piping flare. Then male-side piping can be disconnected.
ATC-172
PRECAUTIONS
INSTALLATION
A
SJIA0107E F
1. Clean piping connection points, and insert male-side piping into female-side piping.
2. Push inserted male-side piping harder so that female-side piping flare stretches garter spring.
3. If inside diameter of garter spring becomes larger than outside diameter of female-side piping flare, garter
spring seats on flare. Then, it fits in between male-side piping cage and female-side piping flare to anchor G
piping connection point.
NOTICE:
When garter spring seats on flare, and fits in between male-side piping cage and female-side piping flare, H
it clicks.
CAUTION:
• Female-side piping connection point is thin. So, when inserting male-side piping, take care not
I
to deform female-side piping. Slowly insert it in axial direction.
• Insert piping securely until a click is heard.
• After piping connection is completed, pull male-side piping by hand to make sure connection
does not come loose. ATC
NOTE:
One-touch joint connection is used in points below.
• Low-pressure flexible hose to evaporator (O-ring size: 16) K
• High-pressure flexible hose to condenser (O-ring size: 12)
• High-pressure pipe 1 to high-pressure pipe 2 (O-ring size: 8)
• High-pressure pipe 1 to condenser (O-ring size: 8)
L
FEATURES OF NEW TYPE REFRIGERANT CONNECTION
• The O-ring has been relocated. It has also been provided with a groove for proper installation. This elimi-
nates the chance of the O-ring being caught in, or damaged by, the mating part. The sealing direction of the
O-ring is now set vertically in relation to the contacting surface of the mating part to improve sealing charac- M
teristics.
ATC-173
PRECAUTIONS
• The reaction force of the O-ring will not occur in the direction that causes the joint to pull out, thereby facili-
tating piping connections.
SHA815E
O-RING AND REFRIGERANT CONNECTION
ATC-174
PRECAUTIONS
A
ATC
L
MJIB0151E
1. High-pressure service valve 2. Clip 3. Front high-pressure A/C pipe M

10. Front low-pressure A/C pipe 11. Front expansion valve 12. Front A/C drain hose N
ATC-175
PRECAUTIONS
MJIB0152E

ATC-176
PRECAUTIONS
Rear A/C
A
ATC
WJIA1400E
K
CAUTION:
The new and former refrigerant connections use different O-ring configurations. Never confuse O- M
rings since they are not interchangeable. If a wrong O-ring is installed, refrigerant will leak at or
around the connection.
O-Ring Part Numbers and Specifications N
ATC-177
PRECAUTIONS
Connec- O-ring
Part number* D mm (in) W mm (in)
tion type size
New 8 92471 N8210 6.8 (0.268) 1.85 (0.0728)
Former 10 J2476 89956 9.25 (0.3642) 1.78 (0.0701)
New 92472 N8210 10.9 (0.429) 2.43 (0.0957)
12
Former 92475 71L00 11.0 (0.433) 2.4 (0.094)
New 92473 N8210 13.6 (0.535) 2.43 (0.0957)
16
Former 92475 72L00 14.3 (0.563) 2.3 (0.091)
New 92474 N8210 16.5 (0.650) 2.43 (0.0957)
19
SHA814E Former 92477 N8200 17.12 (0.6740) 1.78 (0.0701)
New 24 92195 AH300 21.8 (0.858) 2.4 (0.094)
*: Always check with the Parts Department for the latest parts information.
WARNING:
Make sure all refrigerant is discharged into the recycling equipment and the pressure in the system is
less than atmospheric pressure. Then gradually loosen the discharge side hose fitting and remove it.
CAUTION:
When replacing or cleaning refrigerant cycle components, observe the following.
• When the compressor is removed, store it in the same position as it is when mounted on the car.
Failure to do so will cause lubricant to enter the low pressure chamber.
• When connecting tubes, always use a torque wrench and a back-up wrench.
• After disconnecting tubes, immediately plug all openings to prevent entry of dirt and moisture.
• When installing an air conditioner in the vehicle, connect the pipes as the final stage of the opera-
tion. Never remove the seal caps of pipes and other components until just before required for con-
nection.
• Allow components stored in cool areas to warm to working area temperature before removing seal
caps. This prevents condensation from forming inside A/C components.
• Thoroughly remove moisture from the refrigeration system before charging the refrigerant.
• Always replace used O-rings.
• When connecting tube, apply lubricant to circle of the O-rings shown in illustration. Be careful not to
apply lubricant to threaded portion.
Lubricant name: Genuine NISSAN A/C System Lubricant Type S (DH-PS) or equivalent
• O-ring must be closely attached to dented portion of tube.
• When replacing the O-ring, be careful not to damage O-ring and tube.
• Connect tube until you hear it click, then tighten the nut or bolt by hand until snug. Make sure that
the O-ring is installed to tube correctly.
ATC-178
PRECAUTIONS
• After connecting line, conduct leak test and make sure that there is no leakage from connections.
When the gas leaking point is found, disconnect that line and replace the O-ring. Then tighten con- A
nections of seal seat to the specified torque.
RHA861F
Precaution for Service of Compressor INFOID:0000000005418209 G
• Plug all openings to prevent moisture and foreign matter from entering.
• When the compressor is removed, store it in the same position as it is when mounted on the car. H
• When replacing or repairing compressor, follow “Maintenance of Lubricant Quantity in Compressor”
exactly. Refer to ATC-333.
• Keep friction surfaces between clutch and pulley clean. If the surface is contaminated, with lubri-
cant, wipe it off by using a clean waste cloth moistened with thinner. I
• After compressor service operation, turn the compressor shaft by hand more than five turns in both
directions. This will equally distribute lubricant inside the compressor. After the compressor is
installed, let the engine idle and operate the compressor for one hour. ATC
• After replacing the compressor magnet clutch, apply voltage to the new one and check for usual
operation.
Precaution for Service Equipment INFOID:0000000005418210 K
RECOVERY/RECYCLING EQUIPMENT
Be certain to follow the manufacturer’s instructions for machine operation and machine maintenance. Never L
introduce any refrigerant other than that specified into the machine.
ELECTRONIC LEAK DETECTOR
Be certain to follow the manufacturer’s instructions for tester operation and tester maintenance. M
VACUUM PUMP
N
ATC-179
PRECAUTIONS
The lubricant contained inside the vacuum pump is not compatible
with the specified lubricant for HFC-134a (R-134a) A/C systems.
The vent side of the vacuum pump is exposed to atmospheric pres-
sure. So the vacuum pump lubricant may migrate out of the pump
into the service hose. This is possible when the pump is switched off
after evacuation (vacuuming) and hose is connected to it.
To prevent this migration, use a manual valve placed near the hose-
to-pump connection, as follows.
• Usually vacuum pumps have a manual isolator valve as part of the
pump. Close this valve to isolate the service hose from the pump.
• For pumps without an isolator, use a hose equipped with a manual
shut-off valve near the pump end. Close the valve to isolate the
hose from the pump.
• If the hose has an automatic shut-off valve, disconnect the hose
from the pump. As long as the hose is connected, the valve is open
and lubricating oil may migrate.
Some one-way valves open when vacuum is applied and close
under a no vacuum condition. Such valves may restrict the pump’s
ability to pull a deep vacuum and are not recommended.
RHA270DA
MANIFOLD GAUGE SET

Be certain that the gauge face indicates HFC-134a or R-134a. Be
sure the gauge set has 1/2″-16 ACME threaded connections for ser-
vice hoses. Confirm the set has been used only with refrigerant
HFC-134a (R-134a) and specified lubricants.
SHA533D
SERVICE HOSES
Be certain that the service hoses display the markings described
(colored hose with black stripe). All hoses must include positive shut-
off devices (either manual or automatic) near the end of the hoses
opposite the manifold gauge.
RHA272D
SERVICE COUPLERS
ATC-180
PRECAUTIONS
Never attempt to connect HFC-134a (R-134a) service couplers to an
CFC-12 (R-12) A/C system. The HFC-134a (R-134a) couplers will A
not properly connect to the CFC-12 (R-12) system. However, if an
improper connection is attempted, discharging and contamination
may occur.
B
Shut-off valve rotation A/C service valve

Clockwise Open C
Counterclockwise Close
RHA273D
D
REFRIGERANT WEIGHT SCALE
Verify that no refrigerant other than HFC-134a (R-134a) and speci-
fied lubricants have been used with the scale. If the scale controls
refrigerant flow electronically, the hose fitting must be 1/2″-16 E
ACME.
RHA274D
CALIBRATING ACR4 WEIGHT SCALE H

Calibrate the scale every three months.
To calibrate the weight scale on the ACR4:
1. Press “Shift/Reset” and “Enter” at the same time. I
2. Press “8787”. “A1” will be displayed.
3. Remove all weight from the scale.
4. Press “0”, then press “Enter”. “0.00” will be displayed and change to “A2”. ATC
5. Place a known weight (dumbbell or similar weight), between 4.5 and 8.6 kg (10 and 19 lb.) on the center
of the weight scale.
6. Enter the known weight using four digits. (Example 10 lb. = 10.00, 10.5 lb. = 10.50) K
7. Press “Enter” — the display returns to the vacuum mode.
L
9. Press “6” — the known weight on the scale is displayed.
10. Remove the known weight from the scale. “0.00” will be displayed.
11. Press “Shift/Reset” to return the ACR4 to the program mode. M
CHARGING CYLINDER
Using a charging cylinder is not recommended. Refrigerant may be vented into air from cylinder’s top valve
when filling the cylinder with refrigerant. Also, the accuracy of the cylinder is generally less than that of an N
electronic scale or of quality recycle/recharge equipment.
Precaution for Leak Detection Dye INFOID:0000000005418211
O
• The A/C system contains a fluorescent leak detection dye used for locating refrigerant leaks. An ultraviolet
(UV) lamp is required to illuminate the dye when inspecting for leaks.
• Always wear fluorescence enhancing UV safety goggles to protect your eyes and enhance the visibility of P
the fluorescent dye.
• The fluorescent dye leak detector is not a replacement for an electronic refrigerant leak detector. The fluo-
rescent dye leak detector should be used in conjunction with an electronic refrigerant leak detector (J-
41995) to pin-point refrigerant leaks.
• For your safety and your customer’s satisfaction, read and follow all manufacture’s operating instructions
and precautions prior to performing the work.
• A compressor shaft seal should not be repaired because of dye seepage. The compressor shaft seal should
only be repaired after confirming the leak with an electronic refrigerant leak detector (J-41995).
ATC-181
PRECAUTIONS
• Always remove any remaining dye from the leak area after repairs are complete to avoid a misdiagnosis dur-
ing a future service.
• Never allow dye to come into contact with painted body panels or interior components. If dye is spilled, clean
immediately with the approved dye cleaner. Fluorescent dye left on a surface for an extended period of time
cannot be removed.
• Never spray the fluorescent dye cleaning agent on hot surfaces (engine exhaust manifold, etc.).
• Never use more than one refrigerant dye bottle (1/4 ounce /7.4 cc) per A/C system.
• Leak detection dyes for HFC-134a (R-134a) and CFC-12 (R-12) A/C systems are different. Never use HFC-
134a (R-134a) leak detection dye in CFC-12 (R-12) A/C system or CFC-12 (R-12) leak detector dye in HFC-
134a (R-134a) A/C systems or A/C system damage may result.
• The fluorescent properties of the dye will remain for over three (3) years unless a compressor malfunction
occurs.
IDENTIFICATION
NOTE:
Vehicles with factory installed fluorescent dye have a green label.
Vehicles without factory installed fluorescent dye have a blue label.
IDENTIFICATION LABEL FOR VEHICLE
Vehicles with factory installed fluorescent dye have this identification
label on the front side of hood.
MJIB0432E
ATC-182
PREPARATION
PREPARATION
A
HFC-134a (R-134a) Service Tool and Equipment INFOID:0000000005418212
Never mix HFC-134a (R-134a) refrigerant and/or its specified lubricant with CFC-12 (R-12) refrigerant and/or B
its lubricant.
Separate and non-interchangeable service equipment must be used for handling each type of refrigerant/lubri-
cant.
Refrigerant container fittings, service hose fittings and service equipment fittings (equipment which handles C
refrigerant and/or lubricant) are different between CFC-12 (R-12) and HFC-134a (R-134a). This is to avoid
mixed use of the refrigerants/lubricant.
Adapters that convert one size fitting to another must never be used: refrigerant/lubricant contamination will D
occur and compressor malfunction will result.
Tool number
Tool name
Description E
Container color: Light blue F

Container marking: HFC-134a (R-
HFC-134a (R-134a) refrigerant 134a)
• Large container 1/2″-16 ACME G
S-NT196
H
Type: Polyalkylene glycol oil (PAG),
type S (DH-PS)
KLH00-PAGS0
Application: HFC-134a (R-134a) wob-
Nissan A/C System Oil Type S
ble (swash) plate compressors (Nissan I
(DH-PS)
only)
Lubricity: 40 m (1.4 Imp fl oz.)
S-NT197
ATC
Recovery/Recycling/ Function: Refrigerant recovery and re-

Recharging equipment (ACR4) cycling and recharging L
M
RJIA0195E
Power supply:
O
Electrical leak detector
DC 12V (Cigarette lighter)
SHA705EB
ATC-183
PREPARATION
Tool number
Description
Tool name
(J-43926)
Refrigerant dye leak detection kit
Kit includes:
(J-42220)
(J-41459)
HFC-134a (R-134a) dye injector Power supply:
Use with J-41447, 1/4 ounce bottle DC 12V (Battery terminal)
(J-41447)
HFC-134a (R-134a) fluorescent
leak detection dye
(Box of 24, 1/4 ounce bottles)
(J-43872) ZHA200H
Power supply:
DC 12V (Battery terminal)
(J-42220) For checking refrigerant leak when flu-
UV lamp and UV safety goggles orescent dye is installed in A/C system
Includes:
SHA438F
Application: For HFC-134a (R-134a)

(J-41447) PAG oil
HFC-134a (R-134a) fluorescent Container: 1/4 ounce (7.4 cc) bottle
leak detection dye (Includes self-adhesive dye identifica-
(Box of 24, 1/4 ounce bottles) tion labels for affixing to vehicle after
charging system with dye.)
SHA439F
(J-41459)
For injecting 1/4 ounce of fluorescent
HFC-134a (R-134a) dye injector
leak detection dye into A/C system.
Use with J-41447, 1/4 ounce bottle
SHA440F
(J-43872)
For cleaning dye spills.
SHA441F
Identification:
• The gauge face indicates HFC-134a
Manifold gauge set (with hoses
(R-134a).
and couplers)
• 1/2″-16 ACME
RJIA0196E
ATC-184
PREPARATION
Tool number
Description
Tool name A
Hose color:
• Low hose: Blue with black stripe
Service hoses B
• High hose: Red with black stripe
• High-pressure side hose
• Utility hose: Yellow with black stripe
• Low-pressure side hose
or green with black stripe
• Utility hose
Hose fitting to gauge: C
• 1/2″-16 ACME
S-NT201
Service couplers Hose fitting to service hose:

• High-pressure side coupler M14 x 1.5 fitting is optional or perma-
• Low-pressure side coupler nently attached. E
S-NT202
F
For measuring of refrigerant G

Refrigerant weight scale Fitting size: Thread size
1/2″-16 ACME
H
S-NT200
Capacity: I
• Air displacement: 4 CFM
Vacuum pump • Micron rating: 20 microns
(Including the isolator valve) • Oil capacity: 482 g (17 oz.)
Fitting size: Thread size ATC
• 1/2″-16 ACME
S-NT203
ATC-185
Refrigerant Cycle INFOID:0000000005418213
REFRIGERANT FLOW
The refrigerant flows in the standard pattern, that is, through the compressor, the condenser with liquid tank,
through the front and rear evaporator, and back to the compressor. The refrigerant evaporation through the
evaporator coils are controlled by front and rear externally equalized expansion valves, located inside the front
and rear evaporator case.
FREEZE PROTECTION
Under usual operating conditions, when the A/C is switched ON, the compressor runs continuously, and the
evaporator pressure, and therefore, temperature is controlled by the V-6 variable displacement compressor to
prevent freeze up.
Refrigerant System Protection INFOID:0000000005418214
REFRIGERANT PRESSURE SENSOR

The refrigerant system is protected against excessively high or low pressures by the refrigerant pressure sen-
sor, located on the condenser. If the system pressure rises above or falls below the specifications, the refriger-
ant pressure sensor detects the pressure inside the refrigerant line and sends a voltage signal to the ECM.
The ECM de-energizes the A/C relay to disengage the magnetic compressor clutch when pressure on the high
pressure side detected by refrigerant pressure sensor is over about 2,746 kPa (28 kg/cm2, 398 psi), or below
about 120 kPa (1.22 kg/cm2, 17.4 psi).
PRESSURE RELIEF VALVE
The refrigerant system is also protected by a pressure relief valve, located in the rear head of the compressor.
When the pressure of refrigerant in the system increases to an abnormal level [more than 2,990 kPa (30.5 kg/
ATC-186
cm2, 433.6 psi)], the release port on the pressure relief valve automatically opens and releases refrigerant into
the atmosphere. A
ATC
WJIA0578E
M
FRONT REFRIGERATION SYSTEM N
ATC-187
MJIB0209E
1. Defroster nozzle 2. LH side demister duct 3. LH ventilator duct

4. RH side demister duct 5. RH ventilator duct 6. Center ventilation duct
10. Front floor duct 11. Rear floor duct
REAR REFRIGERATION SYSTEM
ATC-188
I
LJIA0156E
ATC
ATC-189
LUBRICANT
LUBRICANT
Maintenance of Lubricant Quantity in Compressor INFOID:0000000005418216
The lubricant in the compressor circulates through the system with the refrigerant. Add lubricant to compres-
sor when replacing any component or after a large refrigerant leakage has occurred. It is important to maintain
the specified amount.
If lubricant quantity is not maintained properly, the following malfunctions may result:
• Lack of lubricant: May lead to a seized compressor
• Excessive lubricant: Inadequate cooling (thermal exchange interference)
LUBRICANT
Name: NISSAN A/C System Lubricant Type S (DH-PS) or equivalent
CHECKING AND ADJUSTING
CAUTION:
If excessive lubricant leakage is noted, never perform the lubricant return operation.
Start the engine and set the following conditions:
Test Condition
• Engine speed: Idling to 1,200 rpm
• A/C switch: On
• Blower speed: Max. position
• Temp. control: Optional [Set so that intake air temperature is 25° to 30° C (77° to 86°F)]
• Intake position: Recirculation ( )
• Perform lubricant return operation for about ten minutes
Adjust the lubricant quantity according to the following table.
Lubricant Adjusting Procedure for Components Replacement Except Compressor
After replacing any of the following major components, add the correct amount of lubricant to the system.
Amount of lubricant to be added:
Lubricant to be added to system

Part replaced Amount of lubricant Remarks
m (Imp fl oz)
Front evaporator 75 (2.6) —
Rear evaporator 75 (2.6) —
Condenser 75 (2.6) —
Liquid tank 5 (0.2) Add if compressor is not replaced.
30 (1.1) Large leak
In case of refrigerant leak
— Small leak *1
• *1: If refrigerant leak is small, no addition of lubricant is needed.
Lubricant Adjustment Procedure for Compressor Replacement

1. Before connecting recovery/recycling equipment to vehicle, check recovery/recycling equipment gauges.
No refrigerant pressure should be displayed. If NG, recover refrigerant from equipment lines.
2. Discharge refrigerant into the refrigerant recovery/recycling equipment. Measure lubricant discharged into
the recovery/recycling equipment.
3. Drain the lubricant from the “old” (removed) compressor into a graduated container and recover the
amount of lubricant drained.
4. Drain the lubricant from the “new” compressor into a separate, clean container.
5. Measure an amount of new lubricant installed equal to amount drained from “old” compressor. Add this
lubricant to “new” compressor through the suction port opening.
6. Measure an amount of new lubricant equal to the amount recovered during discharging. Add this lubricant
to “new” compressor through the suction port opening.
7. If the liquid tank also needs to be replaced, add an additional 5 m (0.2 Imp fl oz) of lubricant at this time.
ATC-190
LUBRICANT
Never add this 5 m (0.2 Imp fl oz) of lubricant if only replacing the compressor.
A
RHA065DI
ATC
ATC-191
AIR CONDITIONER CONTROL
Description INFOID:0000000005418217
The front air control provides automatic regulation of the vehicle's interior temperature. The system is based
on the driver's and passenger's selected “set temperature”, regardless of the outside temperature changes.
This is done by utilizing a microcomputer, also referred to as the front air control, which receives input signals
from the following six sensors:
• Ambient sensor
• In-vehicle sensor
• Intake sensor
• Sunload sensor (one sensor for driver and passenger side)
• PBR (Position Balanced Resistor).
• Vehicle speed sensor
The front air control uses these signals (including the set temperature) to automatically control:
• Outlet air volume
• Air temperature
• Air distribution
The front air control also provides separate regulation of the vehicle's interior temperature for the rear passen-
ger area. The system is based on the temperature and rear blower settings selected from rear control
switches located on the front air control, or from the temperature and rear blower settings selected from rear
control switches on the rear air control, when the front air control switches are set to the rear position.
The front air control is used to select:
• Outlet air volume
• Air temperature/distribution
Operation INFOID:0000000005418218
AIR MIX DOORS CONTROL

The air mix doors are automatically controlled so that in-vehicle temperature is maintained at a predetermined
value by the temperature setting, ambient temperature, in-vehicle temperature and amount of sunload.
BLOWER SPEED CONTROL
Blower speed is automatically controlled by the temperature setting, ambient temperature, in-vehicle tempera-
ture, intake temperature, amount of sunload and air mix door position.
When AUTO switch is pressed, the blower motor starts to gradually increase air flow volume (if required).
When engine coolant temperature is low, the blower motor operation is delayed to prevent cool air from flow-
ing.
INTAKE DOOR CONTROL
The intake door is automatically controlled by the temperature setting, ambient temperature, in-vehicle tem-
perature, intake temperature, amount of sunload and the ON-OFF operation of the compressor.
MODE DOOR CONTROL
The mode door is automatically controlled by the temperature setting, ambient temperature, in-vehicle temper-
ature, intake temperature and amount of sunload.
DEFROSTER DOOR CONTROL
The defroster door is controlled by: Turning the defroster dial to front defroster.
ATC-192
MAGNET CLUTCH CONTROL
A
WJIA1163E F
When A/C switch or DEF switch is pressed, front air control inputs compressor ON signal to BCM.
BCM sends compressor ON signal to ECM, via CAN communication line. G
ECM judges whether compressor can be turned ON, based on each sensor status (refrigerant pressure sen-
sor signal, throttle angle sensor, etc.). If it judges compressor can be turned ON, it sends compressor ON sig-
nal to IPDM E/R, via CAN communication line.
H
Upon receipt of compressor ON signal from ECM, IPDM E/R turns air conditioner relay ON to operate com-
pressor.
SELF-DIAGNOSTIC SYSTEM I
The self-diagnostic system is built into the front air control to quickly locate the cause of symptoms. Refer to
ATC-219, "A/C System Self-Diagnosis Function".
Description of Control System INFOID:0000000005418219 ATC
The control system consists of input sensors, switches, the front air control (microcomputer) and outputs.
K
ATC-193
The relationship of these components is shown in the figure below:
JMIIA0086GB
Control Operation INFOID:0000000005418220
Front air control
JMIIA0124ZZ
DISPLAY SCREEN
Displays the operational status of the system.
AUTO SWITCH
• The compressor, intake door, air mix doors, outlet doors and blower speed are automatically controlled so
that the in-vehicle temperature will reach, and be maintained at the set temperature selected by the operator.
• When pressing AUTO switch, air inlet, air outlet, blower speed, and discharge air temperature are automati-
cally controlled.
ATC-194
TEMPERATURE CONTROL DIAL (TEMPERATURE CONTROL) (DRIVER SIDE)
Increases or decreases the set temperature. A
TEMPERATURE CONTROL DIAL (TEMPERATURE CONTROL) (PASSENGER SIDE)
B
TEMPERATURE CONTROL DIAL (TEMPERATURE AND MODE CONTROL) (REAR)
Increases or decreases the set temperature. The mode also changes from foot at full hot setting, to foot/vent
mid-range (warm) setting, and then to vent on full cold setting. C
RECIRCULATION ( ) SWITCH
• When REC switch is ON, REC switch indicator goes ON, and air inlet is set to REC.
• When REC switch is OFF, or when compressor is turned from ON to OFF, REC switch is automatically D
turned OFF. REC mode can be re-entered by pressing REC switch again.
• REC switch is not operated when DEF switch is turned ON, or at the D/F position.
DEFROSTER (DEF) SWITCH E
Positions the air outlet doors to the defrost position. Also positions the intake doors to the outside air position.
REAR WINDOW DEFOGGER SWITCH
When switch is ON, rear window is defogged. F
OFF SWITCH
The compressor and blower are OFF, the intake doors are set to the outside air position, and the air outlet
G
doors are set to the foot (75% foot and 25% defrost) position.
A/C SWITCH
The compressor is ON or OFF. H
(Pressing the A/C switch when the AUTO switch is ON will turn off the A/C switch and compressor.)
MODE SWITCH (FRONT)
Controls the air discharge outlets. I
FRONT BLOWER CONTROL DIAL
Manually control the blower speed. Seven speeds are available for manual control (as shown on the display
screen). ATC
MODE SWITCH (REAR)

Controls the air/temperature at discharge outlets.
K
Rear Air Control
WJIA1042E P
TEMPERATURE CONTROL DIAL (TEMPERATURE AND MODE CONTROL)
The temperature increases or decreases the set temperature. The mode also changes from foot at full hot set-
ting, to foot/vent at mid-range (warm) setting, and then to vent at full cold setting.
REAR BLOWER CONTROL DIAL
When the rear blower switch (front) is in the OFF position, the rear blower motor cannot operate.
ATC-195
When the rear blower switch (front) is in the REAR position, it allows the rear blower switch (rear) to control
the rear blower motor speed. In any other position (1-4), the rear blower switch (front) controls the rear blower
motor speed regardless of the rear blower switch (rear) position.
Discharge Air Flow INFOID:0000000005418221
FRONT
LJIA0172E
MJIB0284E
REAR
MJIB0154E
MJIB0285E
WJIA1236E
ATC-196
System Description (Front) INFOID:0000000005418222
A
SWITCHES AND THEIR CONTROL FUNCTION
I
MJIB0220E
ATC
JMIIA0125GB N
ATC-197
System Description (Rear) INFOID:0000000005418223
SWITCHES AND THEIR CONTROL FUNCTION
MJIB0286E
MJIB0287E
CAN Communication System Description INFOID:0000000005418224
Refer to LAN-45, "CAN System Specification Chart".
ATC-198
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
A
CONSULT-III Function (BCM) INFOID:0000000005418225
CONSULT-III can display each diagnostic item using the diagnostic test modes shown following. B
BCM diagnostic
test item
C
Supports inspections and adjustments. Commands are transmitted to the BCM for
WORK SUPPORT setting the status suitable for required operation, input/output signals are received
from the BCM and received data is displayed.
DATA MONITOR Displays BCM input/output data in real time. D
ACTIVE TEST Operation of electrical loads can be checked by sending drive signal to them.
Inspection by part
SELF-DIAG RESULTS Displays BCM self-diagnosis results.
E
ECU PART NUMBER BCM part number can be read.
CONFIGURATION Performs BCM configuration read/write functions. F
DATA MONITOR
G
Monitor item name
Contents
“OPERATION OR UNIT”
IGN ON SW “ON/OFF” Displays “IGN Position (ON)/OFF, ACC Position (OFF)” status as judged from ignition switch signal.
H
COMP ON SIG “ON/OFF” Displays “COMP (ON)/COMP (OFF)” status as judged from air conditioner switch signal.
FAN ON SIG “ON/OFF” Displays “FAN (ON)/FAN (OFF)” status as judged from blower motor switch signal.
CONSULT-III Function (HVAC) INFOID:0000000005989652

I
SELF-DIAGNOSIS
ATC
Display Item List
DTC Description Reference page K

— No malfunction —
B2572 EE changed by calibration ATC-284, "Removal and Installation"
L
B2577 Air mix door motor (Driver) circuit malfunction ATC-229, "Air Mix Door Motor Circuit"
B2575 BCM not responding to A/C request ATC-256, "Magnet Clutch Circuit"
B2576 BCM not responding to rear defroster request GW-53 M
B2574 Air mix door motor (Passenger) circuit failure ATC-229, "Air Mix Door Motor Circuit"
B2578 In-vehicle sensor circuit out of range (low)
ATC-274, "In-vehicle Sensor Circuit" N
B2579 In-vehicle sensor circuit out of range (high)
B257A Air mix door motor (rear) circuit malfunction ATC-229, "Air Mix Door Motor Circuit"
B257B Ambient sensor circuit short
ATC-272, "Ambient Sensor Circuit" O
B257C Ambient sensor circuit open
B257F Sunload sensor (Driver) circuit open or short
ATC-277, "Sunload Sensor Circuit"
B2580 Sunload sensor (Passenger) circuit open or short P
B2587 Stuck button ATC-284, "Removal and Installation"
B2588 Mode door motor circuit malfunction ATC-225, "Mode Door Motor Circuit"
NOTE:
Perform self-diagnosis of A/C auto amp., when other DTC than the above is displayed. Refer to ATC-219, "A/
C System Self-Diagnosis Function". Perform self-diagnosis again using CONSULT-III after repairing. Check
that DTC is not displayed.
ATC-199
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
How to Perform Trouble Diagnosis for Quick and Accurate Repair INFOID:0000000005418226
WORK FLOW
SHA900E
*1 ATC-220, "Operational Check

(Front)" or ATC-223, "Operational
Check (Rear)".
SYMPTOM TABLE

ATC-224, "Power
Supply and
A/C system does not come on. Go to Trouble Diagnosis Procedure for A/C System.
Ground Circuit for
Front Air Control"
ATC-219, "A/C
A/C system cannot be controlled. Go to Self-diagnosis Function. System Self-Diag-
nosis Function"
Air outlet does not change. ATC-225, "Mode
Go to Trouble Diagnosis Procedure for Mode Door Motor. Door Motor Cir-
Mode door motor is malfunctioning. cuit"
Discharge air temperature does not change. ATC-229, "Air Mix
Go to Trouble Diagnosis Procedure for Air Mix Door Motor. Door Motor Cir-
Air mix door motor is malfunctioning. cuit"
Intake door does not change. ATC-238, "Intake
Go to Trouble Diagnosis Procedure for Intake Door Motor. Door Motor Cir-
Intake door motor is malfunctioning. cuit"
ATC-241, "Front
Front blower motor operation is malfunction-
Go to Trouble Diagnosis Procedure for Front Blower Motor. Blower Motor Cir-
ing.
cuit"
ATC-247, "Rear
Rear blower motor operation is malfunction-
Go to Trouble Diagnosis Procedure for Rear Blower Motor. Blower Motor Cir-
ing.
cuit"
Rear discharge air temperature and/or air ATC-252, "Rear
Go to Trouble Diagnosis Procedure for Rear Air Control circuit.
outlet does not change. Air Control Circuit"
ATC-256, "Mag-
Magnet clutch does not engage. Go to Trouble Diagnosis Procedure for Magnet Clutch.
net Clutch Circuit"
ATC-261, "Insuffi-
Insufficient cooling Go to Trouble Diagnosis Procedure for Insufficient Cooling.
cient Cooling"
ATC-268, "Insuffi-
cient Heating",
Insufficient heating Go to Trouble Diagnosis Procedure for Insufficient Heating.
ATC-280, "PTC
Heater"
Noise Go to Trouble Diagnosis Procedure for Noise. ATC-269, "Noise"
ATC-200
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
A
ATC-271, "Self-Di-
Self-diagnosis cannot be performed. Go to Trouble Diagnosis Procedure for Self-diagnosis.
agnosis"
ATC-271, "Memo-
Memory function does not operate. Go to Trouble Diagnosis Procedure for Memory Function. B
ry Function"
Component Parts and Harness Connector Location INFOID:0000000005418227
C
ENGINE COMPARTMENT
ATC
ATC-201
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
JMIIA0596ZZ
1. Refrigerant pressure sensor 2. Ambient sensor 3. Compressor

(View with battery removed)
: Front
FRONT PASSENGER COMPARTMENT
ATC-202
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
ATC
WJIA1977E
P
1. Front air control 2. Rear blower switch (front) 3. Rear blower motor relay
4. In-vehicle sensor 5. Intake sensor 6. Intake door motor
10. Air mix door motor (passenger) 11. Sunload sensor
: Front
ATC-203
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
REAR PASSENGER COMPARTMENT
MJIB0157E
ATC-204
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
Schematic INFOID:0000000005418228
ATC
JMJWA0145GB
P
ATC-205
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
Wiring Diagram - A/C - INFOID:0000000005418229
JMJWA0146GB
ATC-206
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
ATC
JMJWA0048GB
ATC-207
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
JMJWA0049GB
ATC-208
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
ATC
JMJWA0050GB
ATC-209
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
JMJWA0051GB
ATC-210
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
ATC
JMJWA0052GB
ATC-211
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
JMJWA0053GB
ATC-212
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
ATC
JMJWA0054GB
ATC-213
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
JMJWA0055GB
ATC-214
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
ATC
JMJWA0056GB
ATC-215
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
JMJWA0057GB
Front Air Control Terminal and Reference Value INFOID:0000000005418232
Measure voltage between each terminal and ground by following Terminals and Reference Value for front air
control.
ATC-216
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
PIN CONNECTOR TERMINAL LAYOUT
A
AWIIA0840ZZ
D
TERMINAL AND REFERENCE VALUE FOR FRONT AIR CONTROL

Item Condition E
1 BR Mode door motor CW ON Clockwise rotation Battery voltage
2 W Air mix door motor (Driver) CW ON Clockwise rotation Battery voltage
F
3 G Air mix door motor (Driver) CCW ON Counterclockwise rotation Battery voltage
4 Y Intake door motor CW ON Counterclockwise rotation Battery voltage
5 O Intake door motor CCW ON Clockwise rotation Battery voltage G
6 P Power supply for IGN ON - Battery voltage
Seat heater ON Battery voltage
7 Y Seat heater ON H
Seat heater OFF 0V
8 G Illumination + ON Park lamps ON Battery voltage
ON A/C switch OFF 5V I
10 W Compressor ON signal
ON A/C switch ON 0V
11 Y Rear defrost request ON - Battery voltage
ATC
12 L Intake sensor ON - 0 - 5V
13 V Sensor ground ON - 0V
14 R Mode door motor CCW ON Counterclockwise rotation Battery voltage K
15 P Air mix door motor (Passenger) CW ON Clockwise rotation Battery voltage
Air mix door motor (Passenger)
16 LG ON Counter clockwise rotation Battery voltage
CCW L
17 P Air mix door motor (Rear) CW ON Clockwise rotation Battery voltage
18 LG Air mix door motor (Rear) CCW ON Counterclockwise rotation Battery voltage
19 GR Power supply for BAT - - Battery voltage
M
20 B Ground - - 0V
21 V Mode door motor feedback ON - 0 - 5V N
22 SB Air mix door motor (Driver) feedback ON - 0 - 5V
Power supply for mode door motor
23 G ON - 5V
PBR O
Rear AUX control tempera-
24 O Rear aux temp pot ON 0 - 5V
ture control dial
25 R Air mix door motor (Rear) feedback ON - 0 - 5V P
26 P Ground for mode door motor PBR ON - 0V
27 R In-vehicle sensor signal ON - 0 - 5V
28 W Ambient sensor ON - 0 - 5V
29 G Sunload sensor (Driver) ON - 0 - 5V
30 Y Front AUX (rear) ON - 0 - 5V
ATC-217
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
Item Condition

31 P ON
(LHD models) Relay ON 0V
Blower speed (low) 1.7V
32 V Variable blower control ON
Blower speed (high) 4.5V
33 W In-vehicle sensor motor (+) ON - Battery voltage
34 O In-vehicle sensor motor (-) ON - 0V
ON Blower switch OFF 5V
35 LG Fan ON signal
ON Blower switch ON 0V
36 SB AUX VBC ON - 0 - 5V
37 GR Sunload sensor (Passenger) ON - 0 - 5V
38 W Front aux backlight dim ON Headlamps OFF Battery voltage
39 O Front aux tell tale LED ON Tell tale OFF Battery voltage
Air mix door motor (passenger) feed-
40 SB ON - 0 - 5V
back
41 GR Sunload seneor ON - 0 - 5V

44 LG ON
45 L CAN-H ON - -
46 P CAN-L ON - -

47 BR ON
Rear aux control blower
50 L Front aux blower pot ON 0 - 5V
motor
Front aux control tempera-
51 G Front aux temp pot ON 0 - 5V
ture control dial
52 BR Rear aux blower pot ON Rear blower motor 0 - 5V
A/C System Self-Diagnosis Function INFOID:0000000005418233
DESCRIPTION
The self-diagnostic system diagnoses sensors, door motors, blower motor, etc.
HOW TO SWITCH SELF-DIAGNOSIS MODE

CONDITION:
Self-diagnosis must be performed at an ambient temperature above 10°C.

2. Press AUTO switch to activate air conditioning system.
3. Press DEF switch ( ) and A/C switches at same time and press AUTO switch within 2 seconds.
4. Front blower speed indication on the display will flash until self-diagnosis code is indicated.
(The self-diagnosis is performing during the flushing of the indication.)
5. Self-diagnosis code will be indicated on the display. (If no malfunction is detected, “00” will be indicated.)
Refer to “SELF-DIAGNOSIS CODE CHART”.
NOTE:
Self-diagnosis mode will exit upon pressing any switch related to front air control.
SELF-DIAGNOSIS CODE CHART
ATC-218
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
Code No. Reference page A

00 No malfunction —
02 EE changed by calibration ATC-284, "Removal and Installation"
B
12 Air mix door motor (Driver) circuit malfunction ATC-229, "Air Mix Door Motor Circuit"
20 BCM not responding to A/C request ATC-256, "Magnet Clutch Circuit"
21 BCM not responding to rear defroster request GW-53 C
22 Air mix door motor (Passenger) circuit failure ATC-229, "Air Mix Door Motor Circuit"
30 In-vehicle sensor circuit out of range (low)
ATC-274, "In-vehicle Sensor Circuit" D
31 In-vehicle sensor circuit out of range (high)
38 Air mix door motor (rear) circuit malfunction ATC-229, "Air Mix Door Motor Circuit"
40 Ambient sensor circuit short E
ATC-272, "Ambient Sensor Circuit"
41 Ambient sensor circuit open
50 Sunload sensor (Driver) circuit open or short
ATC-277, "Sunload Sensor Circuit" F
52 Sunload sensor (Passenger) circuit open or short
56 Intake sensor circuit short
ATC-278, "Intake Sensor Circuit"
57 Intake sensor circuit open
G
80 CAN bus fault
LAN-45, "CAN System Specification Chart"
81 BCM CAN message missing
82 Intake door motor circuit malfunction ATC-238, "Intake Door Motor Circuit" H
90 Stuck button ATC-284, "Removal and Installation"
92 Mode door motor circuit malfunction ATC-225, "Mode Door Motor Circuit"
I
Operational Check (Front) INFOID:0000000005418234
The purpose of the operational check is to confirm that the system operates properly. ATC
Conditions : Engine running and at normal operating temperature
CHECKING MEMORY FUNCTION K

2. Turn front blower control dial counterclockwise until system L
shuts OFF.
4. Turn ignition switch ON. M
JMIIA0128ZZ
O
ATC-219
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
6. Confirm that the set temperature remains at previous tempera-
ture.
JMIIA0127ZZ
7. Turn front blower control dial counterclockwise until system

shuts OFF.
If NG, go to trouble diagnosis procedure for ATC-271, "Memory
Function".
JMIIA0128ZZ
CHECKING BLOWER
1. Press the AUTO switch. Blower should operate on low speed.
The blower symbol should have one blade lit (on display).
2. Turn the front blower control dial again, and continue checking
blower speed and blower symbol until all speeds are checked.
3. Leave blower on MAX speed.
If NG, go to trouble diagnosis procedure for ATC-241, "Front Blower
Motor Circuit".
JMIIA0129ZZ
CHECKING DISCHARGE AIR

1. Press MODE switch four times and the DEF switch.
2. Each position indicator should change shape (on display).
JMIIA0130ZZ
ATC-220
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
3. Confirm that discharge air comes out according to the air distri-
bution table. Refer to ATC-197, "Discharge Air Flow". A
Mode door position is checked in the next step.
If NG, go to trouble diagnosis procedure for ATC-225, "Mode Door
Motor Circuit".
B
NOTE:
Confirm that the compressor clutch is engaged (sound or visual
inspection) and intake door position is at fresh when the DEF or D/F C
is selected.
MJIB0284E
D
CHECKING RECIRCULATION
1. Press recirculation ( ) switch one time. Recirculation indica-
tor should illuminate. E
2. Press recirculation ( ) switch one more time. Recirculation
indicator should go off.
3. Listen for intake door position change (blower sound should F
change slightly).
If NG, go to trouble diagnosis procedure for ATC-238, "Intake Door
Motor Circuit".
G
If OK, continue next check.
NOTE:
Confirm that the compressor clutch is engaged (sound or visual JMIIA0131ZZ
inspection) and intake door position is at fresh when the DEF or D/F is selected. H
1. Rotate temperature control dial (driver side) counterclockwise
I
until 18°C (60°F) is displayed.
If NG, listen for sound of air mix door motor operation. If OK, go to ATC
trouble diagnosis procedure for ATC-261, "Insufficient Cooling". If air
mix door motor appears to be malfunctioning, go to ATC-229, "Air
Mix Door Motor Circuit".
If OK, continue the check. K
JMIIA0132ZZ
L
1. Rotate temperature control dial clockwise (driver side) until 32°C
(90°F) is displayed. M
If NG, listen for sound of air mix door motor operation. If OK, go to
trouble diagnosis procedure for ATC-268, "Insufficient Heating". If air N
If OK, continue with next check. O
JMIIA0133ZZ
P
CHECK A/C SWITCH
ATC-221
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
1. Press A/C switch when AUTO switch is ON, or in manual mode.
2. A/C switch indicator will turn ON.
• Confirm that the compressor clutch engages (sound or visual
inspection).
If NG, go to trouble diagnosis procedure for ATC-256, "Magnet
Clutch Circuit".
JMIIA0134ZZ
CHECKING AUTO MODE

2. Display should indicate AUTO.
• If ambient temperature is warm, and selected temperature is
cool, confirm that the compressor clutch engages (sound or
visual inspection). (Discharge air and blower speed will
depend on ambient, in-vehicle, and set temperatures.)
If NG, go to trouble diagnosis procedure for ATC-224, "Power Supply
and Ground Circuit for Front Air Control", then if necessary, trouble
diagnosis procedure for ATC-256, "Magnet Clutch Circuit".
If all operational checks are OK (symptom cannot be duplicated), go
to malfunction simulation tests in ATC-201, "How to Perform Trouble JMIIA0127ZZ
Diagnosis for Quick and Accurate Repair" and perform tests as out-
lined to simulate driving conditions environment. If symptom appears, refer to ATC-201, "How to Perform Trou-
ble Diagnosis for Quick and Accurate Repair" and perform applicable trouble diagnosis procedures.
Operational Check (Rear) INFOID:0000000005418235
Conditions : Engine running and at normal operating temperature
CHECKING BLOWER
1. Turn the rear blower control dial counterclockwise to switch
position "1". Fan should operate on low speed.
2. Turn the rear blower control dial clockwise to switch positions
"2", "3", and "4" until all speeds are checked.
3. Leave fan on MAX speed.
If NG, go to trouble diagnosis procedure for ATC-247, "Rear Blower
Motor Circuit".
JMIIA0135ZZ

1. Rotate temperature and mode dial fully counterclockwise.
trouble diagnosis procedure for ATC-261, "Insufficient Cooling". If air
JMIIA0136ZZ
ATC-222
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
1. Rotate temperature and mode dial clockwise. A
trouble diagnosis procedure for ATC-268, "Insufficient Heating". If air B
If OK, continue the check. C
D
JMIIA0137ZZ
Power Supply and Ground Circuit for Front Air Control INFOID:0000000005418236
E
SYMPTOM: A/C system does not come on.
INSPECTION FLOW
F
ATC
M
JMIIA0138GB
*1 “Power Supply and Ground Circuit for *2 ATC-220, "Operational Check N

Front Air Control”. (Front)" or ATC-223, "Operational
Check (Rear)".
DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE FOR A/C SYSTEM O

SYMPTOM: A/C system does not come on.
1.CHECK POWER SUPPLY CIRCUITS FOR FRONT AIR CONTROL
P
ATC-223
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
2. Disconnect front air control connector.
4. Check voltage between front air control harness connector
M127 terminals 6 and 19, and ground.
Terminals Ignition switch position

(+)
Front air (-) OFF ACC ON
control Terminal No.
connector
WJIA1082E
Battery
M127 6 Approx. 0V Approx. 0V
voltage
Ground
Battery Battery Battery
M127 19
voltage voltage voltage
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 2.
NG >> Check 10A fuses [Nos. 8 and 19, located in the fuse block (J/B)]. Refer to PG-96.
• If fuses are OK, check harness for open circuit. Repair or replace as necessary.
• If fuses are NG, replace fuse and check harness for short circuit. Repair or replace as neces-
sary.
2.CHECK GROUND CIRCUIT FOR FRONT AIR CONTROL
2. Check continuity between front air control harness connector
M127 terminal 20 and ground.

OK or NG
OK >> Replace front air control. Refer to ATC-284, "Removal
and Installation".
NG >> Repair or replace harness or connector.
WJIA1239E
Mode Door Motor Circuit INFOID:0000000005418237
SYMPTOM:
• Air outlet does not change.
• Mode door motor does not operate normally.
INSPECTION FLOW
ATC-224
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
ATC
L
JMIIA0140GB
*1 ATC-197, "Discharge Air Flow". *2 ATC-220, "Operational Check *3 ATC-219, "A/C System Self-Diagno- M
(Front)". sis Function".
*4 ATC-219, "A/C System Self-Diagno- *5 “DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE FOR *6 ATC-271, "Self-Diagnosis"
sis Function". MODE DOOR MOTOR”.
N
SYSTEM DESCRIPTION
Component Parts
O
Mode door control system components are:
• Front air control
• Mode door motor P
• PBR (built into mode door motor)
• Ambient sensor
• Sunload sensor
• Intake sensor
System Operation
ATC-225
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
The mode door position (vent, B/L, foot, and defrost) is set by the front air control by means of the mode door
motor. When a mode door position is selected on the front air control, voltage is applied to one circuit of the
mode door motor while ground is applied to the other circuit, causing the mode door motor to rotate. The direc-
tion of rotation is determined by which circuit has voltage applied to it, and which one has ground applied to it.
The front air control monitors the mode door position by measuring the voltage signal on the PBR circuit.
In AUTO mode the mode door position is set by the front air control which determines the proper position
based on inputs from the in-vehicle sensor, ambient sensor, sunload sensor, intake sensor, and the tempera-
ture selected by the driver or passenger.
JMIIA0045GB
Mode Door Control Specification

Mode Door Motor
WJIA0434E
The mode door motor is attached to the heater & cooling unit. It
rotates so that air is discharged from the outlet as indicated by the
front air control. Motor rotation is conveyed to a link which activates
the mode door.
NOTE:
This illustration is for LHD models. The layout for RHD models is
symmetrically opposite.
MJIB0161E
DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE FOR MODE DOOR MOTOR

1.CHECK RESULT FROM FRONT AIR CONTROL SELF-DIAGNOSIS
Self-diagnosis code 92 is present. Refer to ATC-219, "A/C System Self-Diagnosis Function".
YES or NO
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO >> GO TO 4.
2.CHECK MODE DOOR MOTOR VOLTAGE
ATC-226
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
2. Disconnect mode door motor connector.
4. Check voltage between mode door motor harness connector M46 terminals 1, 6 and ground.
(+) B
Mode door motor Voltage (V)
(–) Condition
(Approx.)
Con- Termi-
nector nal C
1 Turn clockwise
Battery volt-
M46 Ground Mode switch Turn counter-clock-
6 age
wise D
OK or NG
OK >> Replace mode door motor.
E
NG >> GO TO 3.
3.CHECK POWER SUPPLY AND GROUND CIRCUITS FOR MODE DOOR MOTOR
1. Turn ignition switch OFF. F
3. Check continuity between front air control harness connector M127 terminal 1 and mode door motor har-
ness connector M46 terminal 6 and between front air control harness connector M127 terminal 14 and
G
mode door motor harness connector M46 terminal 1.

H
4. Check continuity between front air control harness connector M127 terminals 1, 14 and ground.
I
OK or NG ATC
OK >> Replace front air control.
NG >> Repair or replace harness as necessary.
4.CHECK PBR REFERENCE SIGNAL VOLTAGE K

2. Disconnect the mode door motor connector. L
4. Check voltage between mode door motor harness connector M46 terminal 3 (LHD models), 2 (RHD mod-
els) and ground.
LHD models M
3 - Ground : Approx. 5V
RHD models
2 - Ground : Approx. 5V N
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 6. O
NG >> GO TO 5.
5.CHECK PBR REFERENCE VOLTAGE CIRCUIT BETWEEN MODE DOOR AND FRONT AIR CONTROL
1. Turn ignition switch OFF. P
2. Disconnect the front air control connector.
3. Check continuity between mode door motor harness connector M46 terminal 3 (LHD models), 2 (RHD
models) and front air control harness connector M127 terminal 23.
LHD models
ATC-227
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
RHD models
4. Check continuity between front air control harness connector M127 terminal 23 and ground.

OK or NG
OK >> Replace front air control. Refer to ATC-284, "Removal and Installation".
6.CHECK PBR GROUND REFERENCE CIRCUIT
3. Check continuity between mode door motor harness connector M46 terminal 2 (LHD models), 3 (RHD
models) and front air control harness connector M127 terminal 26.
LHD models
RHD models

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 7.
7.CHECK PBR FEEDBACK SIGNAL
1. Reconnect the front air control connector and mode door motor connector.
3. Check voltage between front air control harness connector M127 terminal 21 and ground.
4. Press mode switch through all modes.
21 - Ground : Approx. 0 - 5V
OK or NG
NG >> GO TO 8.
8.CHECK PBR FEEDBACK CIRCUIT
2. Disconnect the mode door motor connector and front air control harness connector.
3. Check continuity between mode door motor harness connector M46 terminal 4 and front air control har-
ness connector M127 terminal 21.


OK or NG
OK >> Replace mode door motor. Refer to ATC-302.
Air Mix Door Motor Circuit INFOID:0000000005418238
SYMPTOM:
• Discharge air temperature does not change.
• Air mix door motor does not operate.
ATC-228
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
INSPECTION FLOW
A
ATC
JMIIA0141GB
M
*1 ATC-220, "Operational Check *2 ATC-219, "A/C System Self-Diagno- *3 ATC-219, "A/C System Self-Diagno-
(Front)" or ATC-223, "Operational sis Function". sis Function".
Check (Rear)".
N
*4 “DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE FOR *5 “DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE FOR *6 “DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE FOR
AIR MIX DOOR MOTOR (DRIVER)”. AIR MIX DOOR MOTOR (PASSEN- AIR MIX DOOR MOTOR (REAR)”.
GER)”.
O
SYSTEM DESCRIPTION
Component Parts
P
Air mix door control system components are:
• Front air control.
• Air mix door motors (driver, passenger, and rear)
• PBR (built into air mix door motors)
• Ambient sensor
• Sunload sensor
ATC-229
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
• Intake sensor
System Operation
The front air control receives data from the temperature selected by the driver side, passenger side, and rear.
The front air control then applies a voltage to one circuit of the appropriate air mix door motor, while ground is
applied to the other circuit, causing the appropriate air mix door motor to rotate. The direction of rotation is
determined by which circuit has voltage applied to it, and which one has ground applied to it. The front air con-
trol monitors the air mix door positions by measuring the voltage signal on the PBR circuits of each door.
In AUTO mode the air mix, intake, mode door, and defrost door positions are set by the front air control which
determines the proper position based on inputs from the in-vehicle sensor, ambient sensor, sunload sensor,
intake sensor, and the temperature selected by the driver and front and rear passengers.
Subsequently, HOT/COLD or DEFROST/VENT or FRESH/RECIRCULATION operation is selected. The new
door position data is returned to the front air control.
JMIIA0052GB
Air Mix Door Control Specification

Air Mix Door Motors
WJIA0435E
The driver and front passenger air mix door motors are attached to
the front heater & cooling unit. The rear air mix door motor is
attached to the rear heater & cooling unit. These motors rotate so
that the air mix door is opened or closed to a position set by the front
(or rear) air control. Motor rotation is then conveyed through a shaft
and the air mix door position is then fed back to the front air control
by the PBR built into the air mix door motors.
NOTE:
The illustrations for air mix door motors (driver and passenger) are
for LHD models. The layout for RHD models is symmetrically oppo-
site.
MJIB0726E
ATC-230
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
MJIB0727E
G
MJIB0164E
DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE FOR AIR MIX DOOR MOTOR (DRIVER)

1.CHECK RESULT FROM FRONT AIR CONTROL SELF-DIAGNOSIS H
YES or NO
I
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO >> GO TO 4.
2.CHECK AIR MIX DOOR MOTOR (DRIVER) VOLTAGE ATC
2. Disconnect air mix door motor (driver) connector.
3. Turn ignition switch ON. K
4. Check voltage between air mix door motor (driver) harness connector M97 terminals 5, 6 and ground.
(+) L
Air mix door mo-
Voltage (V)
tor (driver) (–) Condition
(Approx.)
Con- Termi- M
nector nal
Turn counter-
5 Temperature
M97 Ground clockwise Battery voltage N
dial
6 Turn clockwise
OK or NG
OK >> Replace air mix door motor (driver). O
NG >> GO TO 3.
3.CHECK POWER SUPPLY CIRCUITS FOR AIR MIX DOOR MOTOR (DRIVER)
P
3. Check continuity between front air control harness connector M127 terminal 2 and 3 and air mix door
motor (driver) harness connector M97 terminal 5 and 6.
2-6 : Continuity should exist.

ATC-231
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS

OK or NG
4.CHECK PBR REFERENCE SIGNAL VOLTAGE
2. Disconnect the air mix door motor (driver) connector.
4. Check voltage between air mix door motor (driver) harness connector M97 terminal 1 and ground.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 6.
NG >> GO TO 5.
5.CHECK PBR REFERENCE VOLTAGE CIRCUIT BETWEEN AIR MIX DOOR MOTOR (DRIVER) AND
FRONT AIR CONTROL
3. Check continuity between air mix door motor (driver) harness connector M97 terminal 1 and front air con-
trol harness connector M127 terminal 23.


OK or NG


OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 7.
1. Reconnect the front air control connector and air mix door motor (driver) connector.
4. Rotate driver temperature control dial through complete range.
22 - Ground : Approx. 0V - 5V
ATC-232
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
OK or NG
OK >> Replace front air control. Refer to ATC-284, "Removal and Installation". A
NG >> GO TO 8.
B
2. Disconnect the air mix door motor (driver) connector and front air control connector.
trol harness connector M127 terminal 22. C

D

E
OK or NG
OK >> Replace air mix door motor (driver). Refer to ATC-303, "Removal and Installation".
F
DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE FOR AIR MIX DOOR MOTOR (PASSENGER)
G
YES or NO
YES >> GO TO 2. H
NO >> GO TO 4.
2.CHECK AIR MIX DOOR MOTOR (PASSENGER) VOLTAGE
1. Turn ignition switch OFF. I
2. Disconnect air mix door motor (passenger) connector.
4. Check voltage between air mix door motor (passenger) harness connector M100 terminals 5, 6 and ATC
ground.
(+) K
Air mix door motor (passen-
Voltage (V)
ger) (–) Condition
(Approx.)
Termi- L
Connector
nal
Turn counter-
LHD 5
clockwise M
models
6 Temperature Turn clockwise
M100 Ground Battery voltage
5 dial Turn clockwise
RHD
Turn counter- N
models 6
clockwise
OK or NG
O
OK >> Replace air mix door motor (passenger).
NG >> GO TO 3.
3.CHECK POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT FOR AIR MIX DOOR MOTOR (PASSENGER) P
3. Check continuity between front air control harness connector M127 terminal 15 and 16 and air mix door
motor (passenger) harness connector M100 terminal 6 and 5.
LHD models
ATC-233
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
RHD models

OK or NG
2. Disconnect the air mix door motor (passenger) connector.
4. Check voltage between air mix door motor (passenger) harness connector M100 terminal 1 (LHD mod-
els), 3 (RHD models) and ground.
LHD models
RHD models
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 6.
NG >> GO TO 5.
5.CHECK PBR REFERENCE VOLTAGE CIRCUIT BETWEEN AIR MIX DOOR (PASSENGER) AND FRONT
AIR CONTROL
3. Check continuity between air mix door motor (passenger) harness connector M100 terminal 1 (LHD mod-
els), 3 (RHD models) and front air control harness connector M127 terminal 23.
LHD models
RHD models

OK or NG
3. Check continuity between air mix door motor (passenger) harness connector M100 terminal 3 (LHD mod-
els), 1 (RHD models) and front air control harness connector M127 terminal 26.
LHD models
RHD models
ATC-234
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 7. A
B
1. Reconnect the front air control connector and air mix door motor (passenger) connector.
4. Rotate passenger temperature control dial through complete range. C
D
OK or NG
NG >> GO TO 8.
E
2. Disconnect the air mix door motor (passenger) connector and front air control connector. F
3. Check continuity between air mix door motor (passenger) harness connector M100 terminal 2 and front air
control harness connector M128 terminal 40.
2 - 40 : Continuity should exist. G
H
OK or NG
OK >> Replace air mix door motor (passenger). Refer to ATC-303, "Removal and Installation". I
DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE FOR AIR MIX DOOR MOTOR (REAR)
ATC
YES or NO K
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO >> GO TO 4.
2.CHECK AIR MIX DOOR MOTOR (REAR) VOLTAGE L

2. Disconnect air mix door motor (rear) connector.
4. Check voltage between air mix door motor (rear) harness con-
nector B157 terminals 1, 6 and ground.
N
(+)
Air mix door motor
Voltage (V) O
(rear) (–) Condition
(Approx.)
Connec-
Terminal JMIIA0062GB
tor
Turn counter- P
1 Temperature
B157 Ground clockwise Battery voltage
dial
6 Turn clockwise
OK or NG
OK >> Replace air mix door motor (rear).
NG >> GO TO 3.
ATC-235
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
3.CHECK POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT FOR AIR MIX DOOR MOTOR (REAR)
M127 terminal 17 and air mix door motor (rear) harness connec-
tor B157 terminal 6 and between front air control harness con-
nector M127 terminal 18 and air mix door motor (rear) harness
connector B157 terminal 1.

JMIIA0063GB
M127 terminals 17, 18 and ground.

OK or NG
2. Disconnect the air mix door motor (rear) connector.
4. Check voltage between air mix door motor (rear) harness con-
nector B157 terminal 3 and ground.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 6.
NG >> GO TO 5.
MJIB0074E
5.CHECK PBR REFERENCE VOLTAGE CIRCUIT BETWEEN AIR MIX DOOR MOTOR (REAR) AND FRONT
AIR CONTROL
3. Check continuity between air mix door motor (rear) harness con-
nector B157 terminal 3 and front air control harness connector
M127 terminal 23.

23 - Ground : Continuity should not exist. JMIIA0064GB
OK or NG
ATC-236
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
2. Disconnect the front air control connector. A
M127 terminal 26.
B
4. Check continuity between front air control harness connector C
D
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 7.
NG >> Repair or replace harness as necessary. E
1. Reconnect the front air control connector and air mix door motor
(rear) connector. F
M127 terminal 25 and ground. G
4. Rotate rear temperature and mode control dial through complete
range.
H
OK or NG
OK >> Replace front air control. Refer to ATC-284, "Removal WJIA1105E
I
and Installation".
NG >> GO TO 8.
8.CHECK PBR FEEDBACK CIRCUIT ATC
2. Disconnect the air mix door motor (rear) connector and front air
control connector. K
M127 terminal 25.
L
4. Check continuity between front air control harness connector M
JMIIA0066GB

N
OK or NG
OK >> Replace air mix door motor (rear). Refer to ATC-303, "Removal and Installation".
NG >> Repair or replace harness as necessary. O
Intake Door Motor Circuit INFOID:0000000005418239
P
SYMPTOM:
• Intake door does not change.
• Intake door motor does not operate normally.
INSPECTION FLOW
ATC-237
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
JMIIA0142GB
(Front)". sis Function". sis Function".
SYSTEM DESCRIPTION
Component Parts
Intake door control system components are:

• Intake door motor
• Ambient sensor
• Sunload sensor
• Intake sensor
System Operation
The intake door control determines the intake door position based on the position of the recirculation switch.
When the recirculation switch is depressed the intake door motor rotates closing off the fresh air inlet and
recirculating the cabin air. If the recirculation switch is depressed again, the intake door motor rotates in the
opposite direction, again allowing fresh air into the cabin.
ATC-238
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
In the AUTO mode, the front air control determines the intake door position based on the ambient tempera-
ture, the intake air temperature and the in-vehicle temperature. When the DEFROST, or OFF switches are A
pushed or A/C switch is OFF, the front air control sets the intake door at the fresh position.
JMIIA0067GB
Intake Door Control Specification G
WJIA0436E ATC
K
Intake door motor
The intake door motor is attached to the intake unit. It rotates so that
air is drawn from inlets set by the front air control. Motor rotation is
conveyed to a lever which activates the intake door. L
NOTE:
This illustration is for LHD models. The layout for RHD models is
symmetrically opposite. M
MJIB0165E
DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE FOR INTAKE DOOR MOTOR O

Self-diagnosis code 82 is present. Refer to ATC-219, "A/C System Self-Diagnosis Function". P
YES or NO
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO >> Replace front air control. Refer to ATC-284, "Removal and Installation".
2.CHECK POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT FOR INTAKE DOOR MOTOR
2. Disconnect front air control connector and intake door motor connector.
ATC-239
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
3. Check continuity between front air control harness connector M127 terminal 5 and intake door motor har-
ness connector M86 terminal 1 and between front air control harness connector M127 terminal 4 and
intake door motor harness connector M86 terminal 6.


OK or NG
OK >> Replace intake door motor. Refer to ATC-301.
Front Blower Motor Circuit INFOID:0000000005418240
SYMPTOM:
• Blower motor operation is malfunctioning.
• Blower motor operation is malfunctioning under cold starting conditions.
INSPECTION FLOW
ATC-240
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
ATC
L
JMIIA0143GB
*1 ATC-220, "Operational Check *2 ATC-219, "A/C System Self-Diagno- *3 ATC-219, "A/C System Self-Diagno- M
*4 “DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE FOR *5 Check engine coolant temperature *6 ATC-271, "Self-Diagnosis".
BLOWER MOTOR”. sensor circuit.
N
SYSTEM DESCRIPTION
Component Parts
O
Blower speed control system components are:
• In-vehicle sensor P
• Ambient sensor
• Sunload sensor
• Intake sensor
ATC-241
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
System Operation
JMIIA0069GB
Automatic Mode
In the automatic mode, the blower motor speed is calculated by the front air control and variable blower control
based on input from the in-vehicle sensor, sunload sensor, intake sensor and ambient sensor, and positive
temperature coefficient (PTC).
When the air flow is increased, the blower motor speed is adjusted gradually. to prevent a sudden increase in
air flow.
In addition to manual air flow control and the usual automatic air flow control, starting air flow control, low
water temperature starting control and high passenger compartment temperature starting control are avail-
able.
Starting Blower Speed Control
Start up from cold soak condition (Automatic mode).
In a cold start up condition where the engine coolant temperature is below 50°C (122°F), the blower will not
operate at blower speed 1 for a short period of time (up to 210 seconds). The exact start delay time varies
depending on the ambient and engine coolant temperatures.
In the most extreme case (very low ambient temperature) the blower starting delay will be 210 seconds as
described above. After the coolant temperature reaches 50°C (122°F), or the 210 seconds has elapsed, the
blower speed will increase to the objective blower speed.
Start up from usual operating or hot soak condition (Automatic mode).

The blower will begin operation momentarily after the AUTO switch is pushed. The blower speed will gradually
rise to the objective speed over a time period of 3 seconds or less (actual time depends on the objective
blower speed).
Blower Speed Compensation - Sunload
When the in-vehicle temperature and the set temperature are very close, the blower will be operating at low
speed. The speed will vary depending on the sunload. During conditions of low or no sunload, the blower
operates at low speed. During high sunload conditions, the front air control causes the blower speed to
increase.
Blower Speed Control Specification
WJIA0441E
ATC-242
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
A
Variable Blower Control
The variable blower control is located on the cooling unit. The vari-
able blower control receives a gate voltage from the front air control
to steplessly maintain the blower motor voltage in the 0 to 5 volt B
range (approx.).
NOTE:
This illustration is for LHD models. The layout for RHD models is C
symmetrically opposite.
MJIB0166E
DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE FOR FRONT BLOWER MOTOR E

SYMPTOM: Blower motor operation is malfunctioning under starting blower speed control.
1.CHECK FUSES
F
Check 15A fuses [No. 24 and 27, (located in the fuse and fusible link box)]. For fuse layout, refer to PG-97.
Fuses are good.

G
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 2.
NG >> GO TO 8.
H
2.CHECK FRONT BLOWER MOTOR POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT
2. Disconnect front blower motor connector. I
4. Turn the front blower control dial to select any mode except off.
5. Check voltage between front blower motor harness connector ATC
2 - Ground : Battery voltage.

K
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 10.
NG >> GO TO 3. JMIIA0004GB
L
3.CHECK FRONT BLOWER MOTOR RELAY (SWITCH SIDE) POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT
2. Disconnect front blower motor relay. M
nector E28 terminals 3 and 6 and ground.
N
3, 6 - Ground : Battery voltage.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 4. O
MJIB0066E
4.CHECK FRONT BLOWER MOTOR RELAY P
Refer to “Front Blower Motor Relay”.

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 5.
NG >> Replace front blower motor relay.
5.CHECK FRONT BLOWER MOTOR RELAY (SWITCH SIDE) CIRCUIT FOR OPEN
ATC-243
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
2. Disconnect blower motor relay connector and front blower motor
connector.
nector E28 terminals 5 and 7 and front blower motor harness
connector M94 terminal 2.
5, 7 - 2 : Continuity should exist.

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 6.
NG >> Repair or replace harness or connector. MJIB0067E
6.CHECK FRONT BLOWER MOTOR RELAY (COIL SIDE) POWER SUPPLY

2. Check voltage between front blower motor relay connector E28
terminal 1 and ground.

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 7.
LJIA0080E
7.CHECK FRONT BLOWER MOTOR RELAY (COIL SIDE) GROUND CIRCUIT

2. Check continuity between front blower motor relay connector E28 terminal 2 and ground.

OK or NG
8.REPLACE FUSES
1. Replace fuses.
2. Activate the front blower motor.
3. Do fuses blow?
YES or NO
YES >> GO TO 9.
NO >> INSPECTION END
9.CHECK FRONT BLOWER MOTOR POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT FOR SHORT
2. Disconnect front blower motor connector and variable blower
control connector.
3. Disconnect 15A fuse (No.24 and 27).
5. Blower request switch ON.
6. Check continuity between variable blower control harness con-
nector M96 terminal 4 and ground.

OK or NG AWIIA0177ZZ
OK >> Check blower motor. If OK, replace variable blower control. Refer to ATC-305, "Removal and
Installation".
ATC-244
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
10.CHECK BLOWER MOTOR GROUND HARNESS A

2. Disconnect variable blower control connector.
B
M94 (B) terminal 1 and variable blower control harness connec-
tor M96 (A) terminal 2.
1-2 : Continuity should exist. C

D
1 - Ground : Continuity should not exist. AWIIA0179ZZ
OK or NG
E
OK >> GO TO 11.
11.CHECK VARIABLE BLOWER CONTROL GROUND HARNESS F
1. Check continuity between variable blower control harness con-
nector M96 terminal 1 and ground.
G
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 12. H
I
AWIIA0180ZZ
12.CHECK VARIABLE BLOWER CONTROL POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT FOR OPEN ATC
1. Disconnect front blower motor relay connector.
2. Check continuity between front blower motor relay harness connector E28 terminals 5 and 7 and variable
blower control harness connector M96 terminal 4.
K
OK or NG L
OK >> GO TO 13.
13.CHECK FRONT AIR CONTROL OUTPUT SIGNAL M
1. Connect variable blower control harness connector.
3. Check voltage between front air control harness connector M128 terminal 32 and ground. N
OK or NG O
OK >> GO TO 14.
NG >> Replace front air control.
14.CHECK VARIABLE BLOWER CONTROL SIGNAL CIRCUIT P

2. Check continuity between front air control harness connector M128 terminal 32 and variable blower con-

3. Check continuity between variable blower control harness connector M96 terminal 3 and ground.
ATC-245
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS

OK or NG
OK >> Replace variable blower control.
Front Blower Motor Relay
Check continuity between terminals by supplying 12 volts and
ground to coil side terminals of relay.
LJIA0068E
Front Blower Motor

Confirm smooth rotation of the blower motor.
• Ensure that there are no foreign particles inside the blower unit.
• Apply 12 volts to terminal + and ground to terminal - and verify that
JMIIA0075GB
Rear Blower Motor Circuit INFOID:0000000005418241
SYMPTOM:
• Blower motor operation is malfunctioning.
INSPECTION FLOW
ATC-246
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
ATC
L
JMIIA0144GB
*1 ATC-223, "Operational Check *2 “Rear Blower Switch (Front)”. *3 ATC-201, "How to Perform Trouble M
(Rear)". Diagnosis for Quick and Accurate
Repair".
DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE FOR REAR BLOWER MOTOR N
1.CHECK FUSES
Check 15A fuses [No. 69 and 70 (YD engine), 65 and 66 (V9X engine), (located in the fuse and fusible link O
box)]. For fuse layout, refer to PG-97.
Fuses are good.

P
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 2.
NG >> GO TO 8.
2.CHECK REAR BLOWER MOTOR POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT
2. Disconnect rear blower motor connector.
ATC-247
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
4. Turn the rear blower control dial to select any mode except off.
5. Check voltage between rear blower motor harness connector M94 terminal 2 and ground.

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 10.
NG >> GO TO 3.
3.CHECK REAR BLOWER MOTOR RELAY (SWITCH SIDE) POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT
2. Disconnect rear blower motor relay.
3. Check voltage between rear blower motor relay harness connector E26 terminals 5 and 7 and ground.
5, 7 - Ground : Battery voltage.

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 4.
4.CHECK REAR BLOWER MOTOR RELAY
Refer to “Rear Blower Motor Relay”.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 5.
NG >> Replace rear blower motor relay.
5.CHECK REAR BLOWER MOTOR RELAY (SWITCH SIDE) CIRCUIT FOR OPEN
2. Disconnect blower motor relay connector and rear blower motor connector.
3. Check continuity between rear blower motor relay harness connector E26 terminals 3 and 6 and rear
blower motor harness connector M94 terminal 2.

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 6.
6.CHECK REAR BLOWER MOTOR RELAY (COIL SIDE) POWER SUPPLY
2. Check voltage between rear blower motor relay connector E26 terminal 2 and ground.

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 7.
7.CHECK REAR BLOWER MOTOR RELAY (COIL SIDE) GROUND CIRCUIT
2. Check continuity between rear blower motor relay connector E26 terminal 1 and ground.

OK or NG
OK >> Replace AUX VBC.
8.REPLACE FUSES
1. Replace fuses.
ATC-248
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
2. Activate the rear blower motor.
3. Do fuses blow? A
YES or NO
YES >> GO TO 9.
NO >> INSPECTION END B
9.CHECK REAR BLOWER MOTOR POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT FOR SHORT
C
2. Disconnect rear blower motor connector and AUX VBC connector.
3. Disconnect 15A fuse [No.69 and 70 (YD engine), 65 and 66 (V9X engine)].
5. Blower request switch ON. D
6. Check continuity between AUX VBC harness connector B155 terminal 1 and ground.
1 - Ground : Continuity should not exist. E

OK or NG
OK >> Check blower motor. If OK, replace AUX VBC.
NG >> Repair or replace harness or connector. F
10.CHECK BLOWER MOTOR GROUND HARNESS
1. Turn ignition switch OFF. G
2. Disconnect AUX VBC connector.
3. Check continuity between rear blower motor harness connector M94 terminal 1 and AUX VBC harness
H
4. Check continuity between rear blower motor harness connector M94 terminal 1 and ground.
I
OK or NG ATC
OK >> GO TO 11.
11.CHECK AUX VBC GROUND HARNESS K
4 - Ground : Continuity should exist. L

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 12.
NG >> Repair or replace harness or connector. M
12.CHECK AUX VBC POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT FOR OPEN

1. Disconnect rear blower motor relay connector. N
2. Check continuity between rear blower motor relay harness connector E28 terminals 3 and 6 and AUX
VBC harness connector B155 terminal 1.
O
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 13. P
13.CHECK FRONT AIR CONTROL OUTPUT SIGNAL
1. Connect AUX VBC harness connector.
ATC-249
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 14.
14.CHECK FRONT AIR CONTROL SIGNAL CIRCUIT
2. Check continuity between front air control harness connector M128 terminal 36 and AUX VBC harness


OK or NG
OK >> Replace AUX VBC.
Rear Blower Motor Relay
Check circuit continuity between terminals by supplying 12 volts and
ground to coil side terminals of relays.
LJIA0068E
Rear Blower Motor

Check that there are no foreign particles inside the intake unit.
Apply 12 volts to terminal 2 and ground to terminal - and ensure that
the blower motor rotates freely and quietly.
JMIIA0606ZZ
ATC-250
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
Rear Air Control Circuit INFOID:0000000005418242
A
SYMPTOM:
• Temperature cannot be adjusted from the rear air control.
INSPECTION FLOW B
ATC
N
JMIIA0146GB
(Rear)". sis Function". sis Function". O
*4 “DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE FOR *5 ATC-229, "Air Mix Door Motor Cir-
REAR AIR CONTROL”. cuit".
SYSTEM DESCRIPTION P
ATC-251
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
System Operation
WJIA2102E
Rear Air Control

When the rear fan switch (front) (integral to the front air control) is in the REAR position the rear blower motor
speeds and the rear temperature/mode are controlled by the rear fan switch (rear) and the rear temperature
switch (rear) (both integral to the rear air control).
DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE FOR REAR AIR CONTROL
SYMPTOM:
• Blower motor operation is malfunctioning. Refer to ATC-247, "Rear Blower Motor Circuit".
• Temperature/mode operation is malfunctioning.
Front Air Control Diagnostic Procedure
1.CHECK FRONT AUX CONTROL POWER SUPPLY
1. Disconnect front aux control harness connector.
3. Check voltage between front aux control harness connector
M131 and ground.

YES >> GO TO 2.
AWIIA0253ZZ
2.CHECK FRONT AUX CONTROL REFERENCE VOLTAGE

Check voltage between front aux control harness connector M131
and ground.

Connector
(+) (-) prox.)
Front aux control: M131 3 Ground 4.5V

YES >> GO TO 3.
NO >> GO TO 6.
AWIIA0257ZZ
3.CHECK FRONT AUX CONTROL AUX TEMP POT VOLTAGE
ATC-252
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
Check voltage between front aux control harness connector M131
and ground. A

Connector
(+) (-) prox.) B
Front aux control: M131 7 Ground 4.5V
YES >> GO TO 4.
NO >> GO TO 7.
AWIIA0258ZZ
4.CHECK FRONT AUX CONTROL GROUND CIRCUIT D

2. Check continuity between front aux control harness connector
E
M131 and ground.

F
YES >> GO TO 5.
G
AWIIA0254ZZ
5.CHECK FRONT AUX CONTROL REFERENCE GROUND CIRCUIT H

Check continuity between front aux control harness connector M131
and ground.
I
ATC
YES >> Replace front aux control.
NO >> GO TO 8.
K
AWIIA0259ZZ
6.CHECK FRONT AUX CONTROL REFERENCE VOLTAGE CIRCUIT L

3. Check continuity between front air control harness connector M127 and front aux control harness connec- M
tor M131.

N
YES >> Replace front air control Refer to ATC-284, "Removal and Installation".
7.CHECK FRONT AUX CONTROL AUX TEMP POT CIRCUIT
2. Disconnect front air control connector. P
3. Check continuity between front air control harness connector M128 and front aux control harness connec-
tor M131.

YES >> Replace front air control. Refer to ATC-284, "Removal and Installation".
ATC-253
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
8.CHECK FRONT AUX CONTROL REFERENCE GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN
2. Check continuity between front air control harness connector M127 and front aux control harness connec-
tor M131.

Rear Aux Control Diagnostic Procedure
1.CHECK REAR AUX CONTROL AUX TEMPERATURE POT VOLTAGE
2. Disconnect rear aux control.
4. Check voltage between rear aux control harness connector
M216 and ground.

Connector
(+) (-) prox.)
Rear aux control: M216 7 Ground 4.5V

YES >> GO TO 2.
NO >> GO TO 5.
2.CHECK REAR AUX CONTROL REFERENCE VOLTAGE
Check voltage between rear aux control harness connector M216
and ground.

Connector
(+) (-) prox.)
Rrear aux control: M216 3 Ground 4.5V

YES >> GO TO 3.
NO >> GO TO 6
AWIIA0257ZZ
3.CHECK REAR AUX CONTROL REFERENCE RETURN GROUND

2. Check continuity between rear aux control harness connector
M216 and ground.

YES >> GO TO 4.
NO >> GO TO 7.
AWIIA0259ZZ
4.CHECK REAR AUX CONTROL GROUND CIRCUIT
ATC-254
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
1. Check continuity between rear aux control harness connector
M216 and ground. A

YES >> Replace rear aux control.
C
AWIIA0254ZZ
5.CHECK REAR AUX TEMP CIRCUIT BETWEEN REAR AUX CONTROL AND FRONT AIR CONTROL FOR D
OPEN
1. Turn ignition switch OFF. E
3. Check continuity between front air control harness connector M127 and rear aux control harness connec-
tor M216.
F
G
6.CHECK REFERENCE VOLATAGE CIRCUIT BETWEEN REAR AUX CONTROL AND FRONT AIR CON- H
TROL FOR OPEN
2. Disconnect front air control connector. I
3. Check continuity between front air control harness connector M127 and rear aux control harness connec-
tor M216.
ATC
YES >> Replace front air control Refer to ATC-284, "Removal and Installation". K
7.CHECK REFERENCE RETURN GROUND CIRCUIT BETWEEN REAR AUX CONTROL AND FRONT AIR
CONTROL FOR OPEN L
3. Check continuity between front air control harness connector M127 (A) and rear aux control harness con- M
nector M216 (B).
26 – 8 : Continuity should exist. N

Magnet Clutch Circuit INFOID:0000000005418243
SYMPTOM: Magnet clutch does not engage. P

INSPECTION FLOW
ATC-255
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
JMIIA0147GB
*4 ATC-272, "Ambient Sensor Circuit". *5 ATC-278, "Intake Sensor Circuit".
SYSTEM DESCRIPTION
The front air control controls compressor operation based on ambient and intake temperature and a signal
from ECM.
Low Temperature Protection Control
The front air control will turn the compressor ON or OFF as determined by a signal detected by the intake sen-
sor and the ambient sensor.
When intake air temperature is higher than the preset value, the compressor turns ON. The compressor turns
OFF when intake air temperature is lower than the preset value. That preset value is dependent on the ambi-
ent temperature, refer to the following table.
ATC-256
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
Ambient temperature Compressor ON Compressor OFF A

°C (°F) intake temperature °C intake temperature °C
(°F) (°F)
B
0 (32) 5.5 (42) 5.0 (41)
10 (50) 4.5 (40) 4.5 (40)
20 (68) 2.5 (37) 2.0 (36) C
30 (86) 2.0 (36) 1.5 (35)
40 (104) 2.0 (36) 1.5 (35) D
50 (122) 2.0 (36) 1.5 (35)
DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE FOR MAGNET CLUTCH E

SYMPTOM: Magnet clutch does not engage when A/C switch is ON.
1.CHECK INTAKE AND AMBIENT SENSOR CIRCUITS
Check intake and ambient sensors. Refer to ATC-219, "A/C System Self-Diagnosis Function". F
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 2.
NG >> • Malfunctioning intake sensor. Refer to ATC-278, "Intake Sensor Circuit". G
• Malfunctioning ambient sensor. Refer to ATC-272, "Ambient Sensor Circuit".
2.PERFORM AUTO ACTIVE TEST H
Refer to PG-26, "Auto Active Test".
Does magnet clutch operate?
YES or NO I
YES >> • WITH CONSULT-III
GO TO 5.
• WITHOUT CONSULT-III ATC
GO TO 6.
NO >> Check 10A fuse (No. 48, located in IPDM E/R), and GO TO 3.
3.CHECK CIRCUIT CONTINUITY BETWEEN IPDM E/R AND COMPRESSOR K
2. Disconnect IPDM E/R connector and compressor (magnet
clutch) connector. L
3. Check continuity between IPDM E/R harness connector E12 ter-
minal 11 and compressor harness connector F20 terminal 1.
M
4. Check continuity between IPDM E/R harness connector E12 ter-
minal 11 and ground.
N
OK or NG O
OK >> GO TO 4.
4.CHECK MAGNET CLUTCH CIRCUIT P
ATC-257
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
Check for operation sound when applying battery voltage direct cur-
rent to terminal.
OK or NG
OK >> Replace IPDM E/R. Refer to PG-32, "Removal and
Installation of IPDM E/R".
NG >> Replace compressor assembly.
SJIA0197E
5.CHECK BCM INPUT (COMPRESSOR ON) SIGNAL

Check compressor ON/OFF signal. Refer to ATC-200, "CONSULT-III Function (BCM)".
A/C SW ON : COMP ON SIG ON

A/C SW OFF : COMP ON SIG OFF
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 8.
NG >> GO TO 6.
6.CHECK CIRCUIT CONTINUITY BETWEEN BCM AND FRONT AIR CONTROL
2. Disconnect BCM connector and front air control connector.
3. Check continuity between BCM harness connector M42 terminal
27 and front air control harness connector M127 terminal 10.

27 and ground.

JMIIA0077GB
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 7.
7.CHECK VOLTAGE FOR FRONT AIR CONTROL (COMPRESSOR ON SIGNAL)
1. Reconnect BCM connector and front air control connector.
Terminals
(+)
Voltage (V)
Condition
Front air con- (-) (Approx.)
trol connec- Terminal No.
tor
WJIA1137E
A/C switch: ON 0V
M127 10 Ground
A/C switch: OFF 5V
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 8.
NG-1 >> If the voltage is approx. 5V when A/C switch is ON, replace front air control. Refer to ATC-284,
NG-2 >> If the voltage is approx. 0V when A/C switch is OFF, replace BCM. Refer to BCS-17, "Removal
ATC-258
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
8.CHECK REFRIGERANT PRESSURE SENSOR A

WITH CONSULT-III
1. Start engine.
2. Check voltage of refrigerant pressure sensor. Refer to ATC-200, "CONSULT-III Function (BCM)". B
WITHOUT CONSULT-III
1. Start engine.
2. Check voltage between ECM harness connector F1 terminal 53 and ground.
C
Terminals
Voltage (V)
(+) Condition
(-) (Approx.) D
ECM connector Terminal No.
YD engine F1 53
Ground A/C switch: ON 0.36 - 3.88V
V9X engine F62 108 E
OK or NG
OK >> • WITH CONSULT-III
GO TO 9. F
• WITHOUT CONSULT-III
GO TO 10.
NG >> Refer to EC-370, "Component Function Check". G
9.CHECK BCM INPUT (FAN ON) SIGNAL
Check FAN ON/OFF signal. Refer to ATC-200, "CONSULT-III Function (BCM)". H
FRONT BLOWER CONTROL : FAN ON SIG ON

DIAL ON
I
FRONT BLOWER CONTROL : FAN ON SIG OFF
DIAL OFF
OK or NG ATC
OK >> GO TO 12.
NG >> GO TO 10.
10.CHECK CIRCUIT CONTINUITY BETWEEN BCM AND FRONT AIR CONTROL K

2. Disconnect BCM connector and front air control connector.
3. Check continuity between BCM harness connector M42 terminal L
26 and front air control harness connector M128 terminal 35.
26 - 35 : Continuity should exist. M

26 and ground.
N
JMIIA0078GB
OK or NG
O
OK >> GO TO 11.
11.CHECK VOLTAGE FOR FRONT AIR CONTROL (FAN ON SIGNAL) P
ATC-259
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
1. Reconnect BCM connector and front air control connector.
Terminals
(+) Voltage (V)
Condition
(-) (Approx.)
Front air con-
Terminal No.
trol connector
A/C switch: ON WJIA1139E
Blower motor 0V
M128 35 Ground operates
A/C switch: OFF 5V
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 12.
NG-1 >> If the voltage is approx. 5V when blower motor is ON, replace front air control. Refer to ATC-284,
NG-2 >> If the voltage is approx. 0V when blower motor is OFF, replace BCM. Refer to BCS-17, "Removal
12.CHECK CAN COMMUNICATION
Check CAN communication. Refer to ATC-199, "CAN Communication System Description".
• BCM – ECM
• ECM – IPDM E/R
• ECM – Front air control
OK or NG
OK >> INSPECTION END
NG >> Repair or replace malfunctioning part(s).
Insufficient Cooling INFOID:0000000005418244
SYMPTOM: Insufficient cooling

INSPECTION FLOW
ATC-260
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
ATC
L
JMIIA0148GB
*1 ATC-220, "Operational Check *2 ATC-219, "A/C System Self-Diagno- *3 ATC-219, "A/C System Self-Diagno- M
(Front)" sis Function" sis Function"
*4 EC-226, "Component Function *5 ATC-171, "Contaminated Refriger- *6 "PERFORMANCE TEST DIAG-
Check" ant". NOSES"
N
*7 "Test Reading (YD25DDTi Engine *8
Models)" EM-14, "Checking Drive Belts" (YD
engine), EM-157, "Checking" (V9X
engine) O
PERFORMANCE TEST DIAGNOSES

P
ATC-261
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
RJIA1601E
*1 "PERFORMANCE CHART" *2 "PERFORMANCE CHART" *3 "TROUBLE DIAGNOSES FOR UN-

USUAL PRESSURE"
*4 ATC-229, "Air Mix Door Motor Circuit"
ATC-262
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
ATC
RJIA3107E
P
*1 ATC-317, "Removal and Installation *2 ATC-241, "Front Blower Motor Cir- *3 EM-14, "Checking Drive Belts" (YD
for Compressor (YD models)", ATC- cuit" engine), EM-157, "Checking" (V9X
318, "Removal and Installation for engine)
PERFORMANCE CHART
Test Condition
ATC-263
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
Testing must be performed as follows:
Vehicle location Indoors or in the shade (in a well-ventilated place)

Doors Closed
Door window Open
Hood Open
TEMP. Max. COLD
Mode switch (Ventilation) set
Recirculation (REC) switch (Recirculation) set
Blower speed Max. speed set

Engine speed Idle speed
Operate the air conditioning system for 10 minutes before taking measurements.
Test Reading
Recirculating-to-discharge Air Temperature Table
Discharge air temperature at center ventilator

Inside air (Recirculating air) at blower assembly inlet
°C (°F)
Relative humidity Air temperature
Front Rear
% °C (°F)
20 (68) 9.6 - 12.0 (49 - 54) 11.7 - 13.8 (53 - 57)
25 (77) 13.6 - 16.5 (56 - 62) 15.7 - 18.4 (60 - 65)
40 - 60
30 (86) 18.0 - 21.4 (64 - 71) 20.0 - 23.3 (68 - 74)
35 (95) 22.8 - 26.7 (73 - 80) 24.6 - 28.4 (76 - 83)
20 (68) 12.0 - 14.3 (54 - 58) 13.8 - 16.0 (57 - 61)
25 (77) 16.5 - 19.3 (62 - 67) 18.4 - 21.1 (65 - 70)
60 - 80
30 (86) 21.4 - 24.8 (71 - 77) 23.3 - 26.6 (74 - 80)
35 (95) 26.7 - 30.5 (80 - 87) 28.4 - 32.3 (83 - 90)
Ambient Air Temperature-to-operating Pressure Table
Ambient air
High-pressure (Discharge side) Low-pressure (Suction side)
Relative humidity Air temperature kPa (kg/cm2, psi) kPa (kg/cm2, psi)
% °C (°F)
1,090 - 1,210 220 - 240
20 (68)
(11.11 - 12.33, 158.0 - 175.4) (2.24 - 2.45, 31.9 - 34.8)
1,370 - 1,520 280 - 310
25 (77)
(13.97 - 15.49, 198.6 - 220.3) (2.85 - 3.16, 40.6 - 44.9)
40 - 60
1,610 - 1,790 330 - 370
30 (86)
(16.41 - 18.25, 233.4 - 259.5) (3.36 - 3.77, 47.8 - 53.6)
1,940 - 2,150 390 - 430
35 (95)
(19.78 - 21.92, 281.2 - 311.7) (3.98 - 4.38, 56.5 - 62.3)
1,210 - 1,330 240 - 260
20 (68)
(12.33 - 13.56, 175.4 - 192.8) (2.45 - 2.65, 34.8 - 37.7)
1,520 - 1,670 310 - 340
25 (77)
(15.49 - 17.02, 220.3 - 242.1) (3.16 - 3.47, 44.9 - 49.3)
60 - 80
1,790 - 1,970 370 - 410
30 (86)
(18.25 - 20.08, 259.5 - 285.6) (3.77 - 4.18, 53.6 - 59.4)
2,150 - 2,370 430 - 470
35 (95)
(21.92 - 24.16, 311.7 - 343.5) (4.38 - 4.79, 62.3 - 68.1)
TROUBLE DIAGNOSES FOR UNUSUAL PRESSURE
ATC-264
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
Whenever system′s high and/or low side pressure is unusual, diagnose using a manifold gauge. The marker
above the gauge scale in the following tables indicates the standard (usual) pressure range. Since the stan- A
dard (usual) pressure, however, differs from vehicle to vehicle, refer to above table (Ambient air temperature-
to-operating pressure table).
Both High- and Low-pressure Sides are Too High B

Pressure is reduced soon af- C
Excessive refrigerant charge in Reduce refrigerant until speci-
ter water is splashed on con-
refrigeration cycle fied pressure is obtained.
denser.
Insufficient condenser cooling D
performance
↓ • Clean condenser.
Air suction by cooling fan is in-
1. Condenser fins are • Check and repair cooling fan
sufficient.
clogged. if necessary. E
2. Improper fan rotation of
cooling fan
Both high- and low-pressure sides
• Low-pressure pipe is not
are too high. Poor heat exchange in con- F
cold.
• When compressor is denser
stopped high-pressure val- (After compressor operation
Evacuate repeatedly and re-
ue quickly drops by approx- stops, high-pressure decreas-
es too slowly.)
charge system. G
imately 196 kPa (2 kg/cm2, ↓
28 psi). It then decreases Air in refrigeration cycle
gradually thereafter.
AC359A H
Engine cooling systems mal- Check and repair engine cool-
Engine tends to overheat.
function. ing system.
• Excessive liquid refrigerant
on low-pressure side I
• Excessive refrigerant dis-
• An area of the low-pressure
charge flow
pipe is colder than areas
• Expansion valve is open a lit- ATC
near the evaporator outlet. Replace expansion valve.
tle compared with the speci-
• Plates are sometimes cov-
fication.
ered with frost.
↓
Improper expansion valve ad- K
justment
High-pressure Side is Too High and Low-pressure Side is Too Low

L
High-pressure side is too high and
low-pressure side is too low. M
Upper side of condenser and High-pressure tube or parts lo- • Check and repair or replace
high-pressure side are hot, cated between compressor malfunctioning parts.
however, liquid tank is not so and condenser are clogged or • Check lubricant for contami- N
hot. crushed. nation.
AC360A O
High-pressure Side is Too Low and Low-pressure Side is Too High
ATC-265
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS

High-pressure side is too low and
High- and low-pressure sides tion is improper.
low-pressure side is too high.
become equal soon after com- ↓ Replace compressor.
pressor operation stops. Damaged inside compressor
packings.
No temperature difference be- tion is improper.
tween high- and low-pressure ↓ Replace compressor.
sides. Damaged inside compressor
AC356A
packings.
Both High- and Low-pressure Sides are Too Low

• There is a big temperature
difference between liquid
tank outlet and inlet. Outlet • Replace liquid tank.
Liquid tank inside is slightly
temperature is extremely • Check lubricant for contami-
clogged.
low. nation.
• Liquid tank inlet and expan-
sion valve are frosted.
• Temperature of expansion
valve inlet is extremely low
as compared with areas
• Check and repair malfunc-
near liquid tank. High-pressure pipe located be-
tioning parts.
• Expansion valve inlet may tween liquid tank and expan-
• Check lubricant for contami-
be frosted. sion valve is clogged.
nation.
• Temperature difference oc-
curs somewhere in high-
pressure side.
Low refrigerant charge. Check refrigerant system for
Both high- and low-pressure sides Expansion valve and liquid
↓ leaks. Refer to ATC-329,
are too low. tank are warm or only cool
Leaking fittings or compo- "Checking of Refrigerant
when touched.
nents. Leaks".
Expansion valve closes a little
compared with the specifica-
tion.
There is a big temperature dif- ↓ • Remove foreign particles by
ference between expansion 1. Improper expansion using compressed air.
AC353A
valve inlet and outlet while the valve adjustment. • Check lubricant for contami-
valve itself is frosted. 2. Malfunctioning expansion nation.
valve.
3. Outlet and inlet may be
clogged.
• Check and repair malfunc-
An area of the low-pressure
Low-pressure pipe is clogged tioning parts.
pipe is colder than areas near
or crushed. • Check lubricant for contami-
the evaporator outlet.
nation.
• Check intake sensor circuit.
Refer to ATC-278, "Intake
Sensor Circuit".
• Replace compressor.
Air flow volume is too low. Evaporator is frozen.
• Repair evaporator fins.
• Replace evaporator.
• Refer to ATC-241, "Front
Blower Motor Circuit".
Low-pressure Side Sometimes Becomes Negative
ATC-266
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
Gauge indication Refrigerant cycle Probable cause Corrective action A

Low-pressure side sometimes be-
comes negative. • Air conditioning system does
Refrigerant does not discharge
not function and does not cy-
cyclically. B
clically cool the compart-
↓ • Drain water from refrigerant
ment air.
Moisture is frozen at expan- or replace refrigerant.
• The system constantly func-
sion valve outlet and inlet. • Replace liquid tank.
tions for a certain period of
↓ C
time after compressor is
Water is mixed with refrigerant.
stopped and restarted.
AC354A
Low-pressure Side Becomes Negative D

Leave the system at rest until E
no frost is present. Start it
again to check whether or not
the malfunction is caused by
F
water or foreign particles.
• If water is the cause, initially
cooling is okay. Then the wa-
Low-pressure side becomes nega- ter freezes causing a block-
tive.
G
age. Drain water from
High-pressure side is closed refrigerant or replace refrig-
Liquid tank or front/rear side of and refrigerant does not flow. erant.
expansion valve′s pipe is frost- ↓ • If due to foreign particles, re- H
ed or dewed. Expansion valve or liquid tank move expansion valve and
is frosted. remove the particles with dry
and compressed air (not
AC362A
shop air). I
• If either of the above meth-
ods cannot correct the mal-
function, replace expansion
valve.
ATC
• Replace liquid tank.
• Check lubricant for contami-
nation. K
Insufficient Heating INFOID:0000000005418245
SYMPTOM: Insufficient heating L

INSPECTION FLOW
M
ATC-267
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
JMIIA0149GB
*1 ATC-220, "Operational Check *2 ATC-229, "Air Mix Door Motor Cir- *3 ATC-219, "A/C System Self-Diagno-
(Front)" or ATC-223, "Operational cuit". sis Function".
Check (Rear)".
*4 ATC-219, "A/C System Self-Diagno- *5 ATC-241, "Front Blower Motor Cir- *6 EC-208, "Diagnosis Procedure"
sis Function". cuit".
*7 MA-24, "Changing Engine Coolant" *8 CO-11, "Removal and Installation"
(YD engine), CO-35, "Inspection"
(V9X engine)
Noise INFOID:0000000005418246
SYMPTOM: Noise
INSPECTION FLOW
ATC-268
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
ATC
WJIA0473E
P
*1 ATC-317, "Removal and Installation *2 ATC-317, "Removal and Installation *3 ATC-191, "Maintenance of Lubricant
for Compressor (YD models)", ATC- for Compressor (YD models)", ATC- Quantity in Compressor"
318, "Removal and Installation for 318, "Removal and Installation for
Compressor (V9X models)" Compressor (V9X models)"
*4 ATC-220, "Operational Check *5 EM-14, "Checking Drive Belts" (YD
(Front)" or ATC-223, "Operational engine), EM-157, "Checking" (V9X
Check (Rear)" engine)
ATC-269
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
Self-Diagnosis INFOID:0000000005418247
SYMPTOM: Self-diagnosis cannot be performed.

INSPECTION FLOW
JMIIA0150GB
*1 ATC-224, "Power Supply and Ground *2 ATC-272, "Ambient Sensor Circuit". *3 ATC-274, "In-vehicle Sensor Circuit".
Circuit for Front Air Control".
*4 ATC-277, "Sunload Sensor Circuit". *5 ATC-278, "Intake Sensor Circuit". *6 ATC-229, "Air Mix Door Motor Cir-
cuit".
*7 ATC-220, "Operational Check *8 ATC-201, "How to Perform Trouble
(Front)". Diagnosis for Quick and Accurate
Repair".
Memory Function INFOID:0000000005418248
SYMPTOM: Memory function does not operate.

INSPECTION FLOW
ATC-270
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
I
JMIIA0151GB
*1 ATC-224, "Power Supply and Ground *2 ATC-277, "Sunload Sensor Circuit". *3 ATC-219, "A/C System Self-Diagno-
Circuit for Front Air Control". sis Function". ATC
*4 ATC-219, "A/C System Self-Diagno-
sis Function".
K
Ambient Sensor Circuit INFOID:0000000005418249
COMPONENT DESCRIPTION L
Ambient Sensor
Ambient sensor is attached to the radiator core support (left side). It
detects ambient temperature and converts it into a resistance value M
which is then input into the front air control.
MJIB0168E
P
AMBIENT TEMPERATURE INPUT PROCESS
The front air control includes a processing circuit for ambient sensor input. However, when the temperature
detected by ambient sensor increases quickly, the processing circuit retards the front air control function. It
only allows the front air control to recognize an ambient temperature increase of 0.33°C (0.6°F) per 100 sec-
onds.
This prevents constant adjustments due to momentary conditions, such as stopping after high speed driving.
Although the actual ambient temperature has not changed, the temperature detected by ambient sensor will
ATC-271
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
increase. This is because the heat from the engine compartment can radiate to the front grille area, location of
ambient sensor.
DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE FOR AMBIENT SENSOR
SYMPTOM: Ambient sensor circuit is open or shorted. (40 or 41 is indicated on front air control as a result of
conducting the front air control self-diagnosis)
1.CHECK VOLTAGE BETWEEN AMBIENT SENSOR AND GROUND
1. Disconnect ambient sensor connector.
3. Check voltage between ambient sensor harness connector E48
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 2.
NG >> GO TO 4.
MJIB0091E
2.CHECK CIRCUIT CONTINUITY BETWEEN AMBIENT SENSOR AND FRONT AIR CONTROL
E48 terminal 3 and front air control harness connector M127 ter-
minal 13.

E48 terminal 3 and ground.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 3.
3.CHECK AMBIENT SENSOR
Refer to “Ambient Sensor”.
OK or NG
OK >> 1. Replace front air control.
2. Go to self-diagnosis ATC-219, "A/C System Self-Diagnosis Function" and perform self-diag-
nosis.
NG >> 1. Replace ambient sensor.
nosis.
4.CHECK CIRCUIT CONTINUITY BETWEEN AMBIENT SENSOR AND FRONT AIR CONTROL
E48 terminal 4 and front air control harness connector M128 ter-
minal 28.

E48 terminal 4 and ground.
4 - Ground : Continuity should not exist. MJIB0093E
ATC-272
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
OK or NG
OK >> 1. Replace front air control. A
nosis.
NG >> Repair or replace harness or connector. B
Ambient Sensor
C
After disconnecting ambient sensor connector, measure resistance
between terminals 3 and 4 at sensor component side, using the table
below.
D
Temperature °C (°F) Resistance kΩ (Approx.)
−20 (−4) 15.00 – 16.57
E
−10 (14) 9.12 – 10.07
0 (32) 5.84 – 6.20
10 (50) 3.76 – 3.98 F
20 (68) 2.48 – 2.62
30 (86) 1.69 – 1.79
G
40 (104) 1.17 – 1.23
50 (122) 0.83 – 0.87
JMIIA0080GB
ATC
In-vehicle Sensor Circuit INFOID:0000000005418250
COMPONENT DESCRIPTION K
In-vehicle Sensor
The in-vehicle sensor is located on instrument lower driver panel. It
converts variations in temperature of passenger compartment air L
(drawn in through the integrated fan) into a resistance value. It is
then input into the front air control.
M
MJIB0170E
DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE FOR IN-VEHICLE SENSOR

SYMPTOM: In-vehicle sensor circuit is open or shorted. (30 or 31 is indicated on front air control as a result of P
conducting self-diagnosis.)
1.CHECK IN-VEHICLE SENSOR CIRCUIT
Self-diagnosis diagnostic codes 30 or 31 present?
YES or NO
YES >> GO TO 6.
NO >> GO TO 2.
ATC-273
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
2.CHECK VOLTAGE BETWEEN IN-VEHICLE SENSOR AND GROUND

2. Disconnect in-vehicle sensor connector.
4. Check voltage between in-vehicle sensor harness connector
4 - Ground : Approx. 5V.

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 3.
NG >> GO TO 5.
LJIA0089E
3.CHECK CIRCUIT CONTINUITY BETWEEN IN-VEHICLE SENSOR AND FRONT AIR CONTROL
2. Disconnect front air control connector M127.
M50 terminal 1 and front air control harness connector M127 ter-
minal 13.

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 4.
4.CHECK IN-VEHICLE SENSOR
Refer to “In-vehicle Sensor”.
OK or NG
2. Go to ATC-219, "A/C System Self-Diagnosis Function" and perform self-diagnosis.
NG >> 1. Replace in-vehicle sensor.
5.CHECK CIRCUIT CONTINUITY BETWEEN IN-VEHICLE SENSOR AND FRONT AIR CONTROL
minal 27.

4 - Ground : Continuity should not exist. WJIA1148E
OK or NG
nosis.
ATC-274
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
6.CHECK IN-VEHICLE SENSOR MOTOR VOLTAGE A

B
33 - Ground : Battery voltage
OK or NG C
OK >> GO TO 7.
D
JMIIA0082GB
7.CHECK CIRCUIT CONTINUITY BETWEEN IN-VEHICLE SENSOR MOTOR AND FRONT AIR CONTROL
(SELF-DIAGNOSIS CODES 30 OR 31) E
2. Disconnect front air control connector and in-vehicle sensor con-
nector. F
M50 terminal 2 and 3 and front air control harness connector
M128 terminal 34 and 33. G

3 - 33 : Continuity should exist. H
M50 terminal 2 and 3 and ground.
WJIA1149E
I
2, 3 - Ground : Continuity should not exist.
OK or NG
OK >> 1. Replace in-vehicle sensor. ATC
COMPONENT INSPECTION K
In-vehicle Sensor
L
ATC-275
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
After disconnecting in-vehicle sensor connector, measure resistance
between terminals 1 and 4 at sensor component side, using the table
below.
Temperature °C (°F) Resistance kΩ

−15 (5) 21.40
−10 (14) 16.15
−5 (23) 12.29
0 (32) 9.41
5 (41) 7.27
10 (50) 5.66
15 (59) 4.45
20 (68) 3.51
25 (77) 2.79
30 (86) 2.24
35 (95) 1.80
40 (104) 1.45
45 (113) 1.18
MJIB0171E
Sunload Sensor Circuit INFOID:0000000005418251
The sunload sensor is located in the center of the defroster grille. It
detects sunload entering through windshield by means of a photo
diode. The sensor converts the sunload into a current value which is
then input into the front air control.
JMIIA0083GB
SUNLOAD INPUT PROCESS

The front air control includes a processing circuit which averages the variations in detected sunload over a
period of time. This prevents adjustments in the ATC system operation due to small or quick variations in
detected sunload.
For example, consider driving along a road bordered by an occasional group of large trees. The sunload
detected by the sunload sensor will vary whenever the trees obstruct the sunlight. The processing circuit aver-
ages the detected sunload over a period of time, so that the (insignificant) effect of the trees momentarily
obstructing the sunlight does not cause any change in the ATC system operation. On the other hand, shortly
after entering a long tunnel, the system will recognize the change in sunload, and the system will react accord-
ingly.
DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE FOR SUNLOAD SENSOR
SYMPTOM: Sunload sensor circuit is open or shorted. (50 or 52 is indicated on front air control as a result of
conducting self-diagnosis).
1.CHECK CIRCUIT CONTINUITY BETWEEN SUNLOAD SENSOR AND FRONT AIR CONTROL
2. Disconnect sunload sensor connector and front air control connector.
ATC-276
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
M63 terminal 1 and 2 and front air control harness connector A
M128 terminal 29 and 37.
1 - 29 : Continuity should exist. B

M63 terminal 1 and 2 and ground. C
1, 2 - Ground : Continuity should not exist. MJIB0086E
OK or NG D
OK >> GO TO 2.
2.CHECK CIRCUIT CONTINUITY BETWEEN SUNLOAD SENSOR AND FRONT AIR CONTROL E

F
minal 13.

G
H
OK or NG MJIB0087E
OK >> Replace sunload sensor. I

Intake Sensor Circuit INFOID:0000000005418252
ATC
Intake Sensor
K
The intake sensor is located on the heater & cooling unit. It converts
temperature of air after it passes through the evaporator into a resis-
tance value which is then input to the front air control.
L
N
MJIB0173E
DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE FOR INTAKE SENSOR

SYMPTOM: Intake sensor circuit is open or shorted. (56 or 57 is indicated on front air control as a result of O
conducting Self-diagnosis.)
1.CHECK VOLTAGE BETWEEN INTAKE SENSOR AND GROUND
1. Turn ignition switch OFF. P
ATC-277
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
2. Disconnect intake sensor connector.
4. Check voltage between intake sensor harness connector M82
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 2.
NG >> GO TO 4.
WJIA1278E
2.CHECK CIRCUIT CONTINUITY BETWEEN INTAKE SENSOR AND FRONT AIR CONTROL
terminal 1 and front air control harness connector M127 terminal
13.

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 3.
3.CHECK INTAKE SENSOR
Refer to “Intake Sensor”.
OK or NG
nosis.
NG >> 1. Replace intake sensor.
nosis.
4.CHECK CIRCUIT CONTINUITY BETWEEN INTAKE SENSOR AND FRONT AIR CONTROL
terminal 2 and front air control harness connector M127 terminal
12.

2 - Ground : Continuity should not exist. WJIA1158E
OK or NG
nosis.
ATC-278
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
Intake Sensor
After disconnecting intake sensor connector, measure resistance A
between sensor terminals 1 and 2, using the table below.
Temperature °C (°F) Resistance kΩ B

−15 (5) 209.8
−10 (14) 160.3
C
−5 (23) 123.4
0 (32) 95.8
5 (41) 74.9 D
10 (50) 59.0
15 (59) 46.8
20 (68) 37.4
E
25 (77) 30.0
30 (86) 24.2
F
35 (95) 19.7
40 (104) 16.1
45 (113) 13.2 G
MJIB0174E
PTC Heater INFOID:0000000006043308 H
DIAGNOSIS PROCEDURE
1.CHECK FUSE AND FUSIBLE LINK I
Check that the following fuse and fusible link.

• 10A fuse [No. 8, located in the fuse block (J/B)] ATC
• 30A fusible links [No. 28, 31, H (YD engine), No. 28, H, I (V9X engine)]
YES >> GO TO 2. K
NO >> Replace the blown fuse or fusible link after repairing the affected circuit if a fuse or fusible link is
blown.
2.CHECK POWER SUPPLY FOR PTC RELAY-1 L
2. Disconnect PTC relay-1, PTC relay-2 and PTC relay-3 connector.
4. Check the voltage between PTC relay-1 harness connector and ground.
(+) N
Connector terminal
2 O
5
YES >> GO TO 3.
ATC-279
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
(+)
Connector terminal
2
5
YES >> GO TO 4.
(+)
Connector terminal
2
5
YES >> GO TO 5.
2. Disconnect the A/C auto amp. connector.
3. Check continuity between PTC relay-1 harness connector and A/C auto amp. harness connector.

Continuity
YES >> GO TO 6.

Continuity
YES >> GO TO 7.

Continuity
ATC-280
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
YES >> GO TO 8.
NO >> Repair the harnesses or connectors. A
1. Disconnect the PTC heater connector.
B
2. Check continuity between PTC relay-1 harness connector and PTC heater harness connector.

Continuity C
E4 3 M106 1 Existed
Is the inspection result normal? D
YES >> GO TO 9.
9.CHECK CIRCUIT CONTINUITY BETWEEN PTC RELAY-2 AND PTC HEATER E
F
Continuity
E5 3 M106 2 Existed G
YES >> GO TO 10.
H
Check continuity between PTC relay-3 harness connector and PTC heater harness connector. I

Continuity ATC
E5 3 M106 3 Existed
Is the inspection result normal? K
YES >> GO TO 11.
11.CHECK PTC RELAY-1 L
M
YES >> GO TO 12.
12.CHECK PTC RELAY-2 N
YES >> GO TO 13. O
P
YES >> Replace PTC heater.
ATC-281
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
Check continuity between terminal 3 and 5.
Terminal Condition Continuity

12 V direct current supply between terminal 1
Existed
3 and 5 and 2
No current supply Not existed
JMIIA0635ZZ
ATC-282
CONTROL UNIT
CONTROL UNIT
A
Removal and Installation of Front Air Control B

REMOVAL
1. Remove cluster lid C. Refer to IP-11, "Removal and Installation".
C
2. Remove the four screws securing the front air control to cluster
lid C.
3. Remove the front air control. D
F
LBIA0416E
INSTALLATION
Install in the reverse order of removal. G
Removal and Installation of Rear Air Control

H
REMOVAL
1. Remove the rear finisher assembly from the back of the center console. Refer to IP-11, "Removal and
Installation".
I
2. Remove the four screws securing the rear air control to rear fin-
isher assembly.
3. Remove the rear air control.
ATC
L
LBIA0417E
INSTALLATION
Install in the reverse order of removal. M
ATC-283
AMBIENT SENSOR
AMBIENT SENSOR
REMOVAL
1. Remove the front grille. Refer to EI-16.
2. Disconnect the ambient sensor electrical connector.
NOTE:
The ambient sensor is located behind the front bumper, in front
of the condenser.
3. Release the ambient sensor clip and then remove the ambient
sensor.
MJIB0175E
INSTALLATION
ATC-284
IN-VEHICLE SENSOR
IN-VEHICLE SENSOR
A
REMOVAL B
1. Remove the cluster lid D. Refer toIP-11, "Removal and Installation".
2. Remove the two screws and remove the in-vehicle sensor.
C
WJIA1073E
F
INSTALLATION
G
ATC
ATC-285
SUNLOAD SENSOR
SUNLOAD SENSOR
The sunload sensor is located in the top center of the instrument

panel.
JMIIA0085GB
ATC-286
INTAKE SENSOR
INTAKE SENSOR
A
REMOVAL B
1. Remove the front kick plate.
2. Remove the instrument panel side finisher.
C
3. Remove the glove box.
4. Remove the front pillar finisher.
5. Remove the upper glove box (cluster lid E).
D
6. Disconnect the intake sensor electrical connector.
NOTE:
The intake sensor is located on the top of the front heater and
cooling unit assembly next to the A/C evaporator cover. E
7. Twist the intake sensor to remove the intake sensor from the
front heater and cooling unit assembly.
F
G
LJIA0133E
INSTALLATION H
ATC
ATC-287
BLOWER MOTOR
BLOWER MOTOR
Front Blower Motor
MJIB0210E
1. Front heater and cooling unit assembly 2. Front blower motor 3. Variable blower control
Rear Blower Motor
LJIA0055E
Removal and Installation of Front Blower Motor

REMOVAL
1. Remove the lower glove box assembly. Refer to IP-11, "Removal and Installation".
2. Disconnect the front blower motor electrical connector.
3. Remove the three screws and remove the front blower motor.
INSTALLATION
ATC-288
BLOWER MOTOR
Removal and Installation of Rear Blower Motor
A
REMOVAL
2. Disconnect the rear blower motor electrical connector. B
3. Remove the three screws and remove the rear blower motor.
INSTALLATION
ATC
ATC-289
FUNCTION
The air inside the passenger compartment is filtered by the air condi-
tioner filters when the heater or A/C controls are set on either the
recirculation or fresh mode. The two air conditioner filters are located
in the front heater and cooling unit assembly. The rear heater and
cooling unit assembly only draws in air from the passenger compart-
ment to recirculate into the passenger compartment, so the rear
heater and cooling unit assembly is not equipped with air conditioner
filters.
MJIB0215E
REPLACEMENT TIMING
Replacement of the two air conditioner filters is recommended on a regular interval depending on the driving
conditions. Refer to MA-7. It may also be necessary to replace the two air conditioner filters as part of a com-
ponent replacement if the air conditioner filters are damaged.
REPLACEMENT PROCEDURE
1. Remove the RH lower dash side finisher. Refer to EI-27.
2. Remove the front pillar lower finisher. Refer to EI-27.
3. Remove the lower glove box.
a. Remove the two lower glove box lower screws.
b. Open the lower glove box, then remove the two lower glove box
upper screws.
c. Disconnect the two upper clips and remove the lower glove box
from the instrument panel to access the air conditioner filter
cover.
WLIA0023E
4. Remove the screw and remove the air conditioner filter cover.
5. Remove the air conditioner filters from the front heater and cool-
ing unit housing.
MJIB0216E
ATC-290
6. Insert the first new air conditioner filter into the front heater and
cooling unit housing and slide it over to the right. Insert the sec- A
ond new air conditioner filter into the front heater and cooling
unit housing.
NOTE:
B
The air conditioner filters are marked with air flow arrows. The
end of the micro filter with the arrow should face the rear of the
vehicle. The arrows should point downward.
C
LJIA0148E
D
7. Install the air conditioner filter cover.
G
MJIB0216E
8. Install the lower glove box in reverse order of removal.

H
Lower glove box lower screws : 3.3 N·m (0.34 kg-m, 29 in-lb)
Lower glove box upper screws : 3.3 N·m (0.34 kg-m, 29 in-lb)
I
NOTE:
• Use the two tabs at the bottom of the lower glove box to align the lower glove box for installation.
• The clips at the top of the lower glove box must be fully seated before installing the lower glove box ATC
upper and lower screws.
ATC-291
Front Heater and Cooling Unit Assembly —LHD Models—
MJIB0176E
1. Front high-pressure A/C pipe 2. Front low-pressure A/C pipe 3. Front expansion valve
4. Front heater core and evaporator 5. Front A/C drain hose grommet 6. Front A/C drain hose
pipes grommet
7. Front heater core pipes 8. Coolant reservoir hose 9. Front heater and cooling unit assembly
ATC-292
Front Heater and Cooling Unit Assembly —RHD Models—
A
ATC
L
MJIB0177E
1. Front high-pressure A/C pipe A 2. Front high-pressure A/C pipe B 3. Front low-pressure A/C pipe M
4. Front expansion valve 5. Front heater core and evaporator 6. Front A/C drain hose grommet
pipes grommet
7. Front A/C drain hose 8. Front heater core pipe mounts 9. Front heater core pipes N
10. Front heater and cooling unit assembly
ATC-293
WJIA1403E
1. Rear high- and low-pressure A/C pipes 2. Rear heater core hoses 3. Rear high- and low-pressure A/C pipes
cover
4. Under floor rear high- and low-pressure A/C 5. Rear expansion valve 6. Rear heater and cooling unit assembly
and heater core pipes
FRONT HEATER AND COOLING UNIT ASSEMBLY

Removal
dure".
ATC-294
3. Remove the front heater core pipes RH nut.
4. Disconnect the front heater core hoses from the front heater A
core.
5. Disconnect the high- and low-pressure A/C pipes from the front
expansion valve. B
6. Move the two front seats to the rear most position on the seat
track.
7. Remove the instrument panel and console panel. Refer to IP-11, C
8. Remove the two front floor ducts. LJIA0165E
9. Remove the steering column. Refer to PS-12, "Removal and D

Installation".
10. Disconnect the instrument panel wire harness at the RH and LH in-line connector brackets, and the fuse
block (SMJ) electrical connectors. E
11. Remove the covers then remove the three steering member bolts from each side to disconnect the steer-
ing member from the vehicle body.
12. Remove the front heater and cooling unit assembly with it attached to the steering member, from the vehi- F
cle.
CAUTION:
• Use care not to damage the seats and interior trim panels when removing the front heater and
G
cooling unit assembly with it attached to the steering member.
• Use suitable plugs on the heater core pipes to prevent coolant leakage.
H
Installation
CAUTION:
I
• Replace the O-ring of the low-pressure A/C pipe and high-pressure A/C pipe with a new one, and
apply compressor oil to the O-ring for installation.
• After charging the refrigerant, check for leaks. Refer to ATC-329, "Checking of Refrigerant Leaks".
NOTE: ATC
ant" .
• Recharge the A/C system. Refer to ATC-312, "HFC-134a (R-134a) Service Procedure". K
REAR HEATER AND COOLING UNIT ASSEMBLY
Removal
L
dure".
M
3. Disconnect the rear heater core hoses from the rear heater core.
4. Remove nuts from the rear heater pipe attachment.
N
P
MJIB0178E
ATC-295
LJIA0021E
5. Disconnect the rear A/C pipes from the rear expansion valve.
6. Remove the rear RH interior trim panel. Refer to EI-34, "Removal and Installation".
7. Disconnect the following electrical connectors:
• Rear blower motor
• Rear blower motor resistor
• Rear air mix door motor
8. Disconnect the ducts from the rear heater and cooling unit assembly.
9. Remove the rear heater and cooling unit assembly.
Installation
CAUTION:
• Replace the O-ring of the low-pressure pipe and high-pressure pipe with a new one, and apply com-
pressor oil to it when installing it.
• After charging the refrigerant, check for leaks.
NOTE:
ant" .
• Recharge the A/C system. Refer to ATC-312, "HFC-134a (R-134a) Service Procedure".
ATC-296
HEATER CORE
HEATER CORE
A
Front Heater and Cooling Unit Assembly B
I
MJIB0211E
1. Front heater core and evaporator pipe 2. Front heater core 3. Front heater and cooling unit assembly ATC
bracket
4. Front heater core cover
Rear Heater and Cooling Unit Assembly K
P
LJIA0168E
1. Rear heater and cooling unit assembly 2. Rear blower motor 3. Rear heater core bracket
4. Rear heater core
ATC-297
HEATER CORE
Removal and Installation of Front Heater Core

REMOVAL
2. Remove the three screws and remove the front heater core cover.
3. Remove the front heater core and evaporator pipe bracket.
4. Remove the front heater core.
NOTE:
If the in-cabin micro filters are contaminated from coolant leak-
ing from the front heater core, replace the in-cabin micro filters
with new ones before installing the new front heater core.
LJIA0134E
INSTALLATION
Removal and Installation of Rear Heater Core
REMOVAL
3. Remove the rear heater core bracket.
4. Remove the heater core.
INSTALLATION
ATC-298
HEATER PUMP
HEATER PUMP
A
Heater Pump B
I
LBIA0414E
1. Cowl top 2. Heater pump electrical connector 3. Heater pump ATC

4. Heater hose 5. Heater hose
REMOVAL K
1. Partially drain the engine cooling system. YD engine: Refer to MA-24, "Changing Engine Coolant".
2. Disconnect the heater pump electrical connector.
3. Disconnect the two heater hoses. L
4. Remove the heater pump from the bracket securing the heater pump to the cowl top.
CAUTION:
Never disassemble the heater pump, replace the heater pump as an assembly. M
INSTALLATION
CAUTION: N
• The heater pump rubber mount must be fully seated on the bracket.
• Never disassemble the heater pump, replace the heater pump as an assembly.
O
ATC-299
INTAKE DOOR MOTOR
INTAKE DOOR MOTOR
Intake Door Motor - Front Heater and Cooling Unit Assembly

NOTE:
LBIA0415E
REMOVAL
3. Disconnect the intake door motor electrical connector.
4. Remove the three screws and remove the intake door motor.
INSTALLATION
ATC-300
MODE DOOR MOTOR
MODE DOOR MOTOR
A
Mode Door Motor - Front Heater and Cooling Unit Assembly B

NOTE:
C
LBIA0415E ATC
4. Variable blower control 5. Air mix door motor (driver) 6. Mode door motor K
REMOVAL
1. Remove the instrument panel side finisher. Refer to IP-11. L
2. Remove the lower instrument cover. Refer to IP-11.
3. Disconnect the mode door motor electrical connector.
4. Remove the three screws and remove the mode door motor. M
INSTALLATION
N
ATC-301
AIR MIX DOOR MOTOR
AIR MIX DOOR MOTOR
Air Mix Door Motors - Front Heater and Cooling Unit Assembly
NOTE:
LBIA0415E
Removal and Installation of Front Air Mix Door Motor (Passenger)

REMOVAL
INSTALLATION
Removal and Installation of Front Air Mix Door Motor (Driver)
REMOVAL
1. Remove the instrument panel side finisher. Refer to EI-27, "Component".
2. Remove the lower instrument panel RH. Refer to IP-11, "Removal and Installation".
INSTALLATION
ATC-302
AIR MIX DOOR MOTOR
A
Removal and Installation of Rear Air Mix Door Motor
REMOVAL
1. Remove the RH rear interior trim panel. Refer to IP-11, "Removal and Installation". B
2. Disconnect the rear air mix door motor electrical connector.
3. Remove the three screws and remove the rear air mix door
motor. C
E
WJIA1134E
INSTALLATION
Install in the reverse order of removal. F
ATC
ATC-303
Variable Blower Control - Front Heater and Cooling Unit Assembly

NOTE:
LBIA0415E
REMOVAL
1. Disconnect the variable blower control electrical connector.
2. Remove the two screws and remove the variable blower control.
INSTALLATION
ATC-304
A
Rear Blower Motor Resistor B
G
LJIA0055E
H
REMOVAL
1. Remove the rear RH interior trim panel. Refer to IP-11, "Removal and Installation".
2. Disconnect the rear blower motor resistor electrical connector. I
3. Remove the two screws and remove the rear blower motor resistor.
INSTALLATION ATC
ATC-305
DUCTS AND GRILLES
DUCTS AND GRILLES
Ducts - Front Heater and Cooling Unit Assembly
MJIB0212E
1. Defroster nozzle 2. Side demister duct LH 3. Ventilator duct LH

4. Side demister duct RH 5. Ventilator duct RH 6. Center ventilator duct
10. Front floor ducts 11. Rear floor ducts 12. Rear console duct
13. Center console duct 14. Front console duct
ATC-306
DUCTS AND GRILLES
Ducts - Rear Heater and Cooling Unit Assembly
A
I
LJIA0156E
ATC
ATC-307
DUCTS AND GRILLES
Grilles
MJIB0213E
1. Headliner 2. Overhead grilles 3. Instrument panel

4. Side ventilator grille LH 5. Ventilator grille LH 6. Ventilator grille RH
7. Side ventilator grille RH 8. Side demister grille RH
Removal and Installation of Console Ducts and Console Grille

REMOVAL
The center console must be removed and disassembled to remove the console ducts and the console grille.
Refer to IP-11, "Removal and Installation".
INSTALLATION
Removal and Installation of Defroster Nozzle
REMOVAL
INSTALLATION
Removal and Installation of Side Demister Duct (LH/RH)
ATC-308
DUCTS AND GRILLES
REMOVAL
1. Remove the instrument panel trim. Refer to IP-11, "Removal and Installation". A
3. Remove the side demister duct (LH/RH).
B
INSTALLATION
Removal and Installation of Ventilator Duct (LH/RH) C
REMOVAL
D
3. Remove the ventilator duct (LH/RH).
INSTALLATION E
Removal and Installation of Center Ventilator Duct
F
REMOVAL
2. Remove the center console. Refer to IP-11, "Removal and Installation". G
4. Remove the RH and LH ventilator ducts.
5. Remove the RH and LH side demister ducts. H
6. Remove the center ventilator duct.
INSTALLATION I
Removal and Installation of Floor Connector Duct
ATC
REMOVAL
2. Remove the center console. Refer to IP-11, "Removal and Installation". K
3. Remove the floor connector duct.
INSTALLATION
Install in the reverse order of removal. L
Removal and Installation of Front and Rear Floor Ducts
REMOVAL M
1. Remove the center console. Refer to IP-20, "Disassembly and Assembly".
2. Remove the floor carpet. Refer toEI-30, "Removal and Installation".
3. Remove the clips and remove the front and rear floor ducts. N
INSTALLATION
O
Removal and Installation of Rear Overhead Ducts
REMOVAL
1. Remove the rear RH interior trim panel. Refer to EI-27, "Component". P
2. Remove the headliner. Refer to EI-31, "Removal and Installation".
NOTE:
The rear headliner duct (connected to the rear upper overhead duct) is part of the headliner and is
replaced as an assembly.
3. Remove the clips and remove the rear upper and lower overhead ducts.
INSTALLATION
ATC-309
DUCTS AND GRILLES
Removal and Installation of Side Rear Floor Duct
REMOVAL
1. Remove the rear RH interior trim panel. Refer to EI-27, "Component".
2. Reposition the floor carpet out of the way.
3. Remove the clips and remove the side rear floor duct.
INSTALLATION
Removal and Installation of Grilles
REMOVAL
1. Remove the necessary interior trim panel(s) to access the grille. Refer to IP-11, "Removal and Installa-
tion".
NOTE:
The overhead grilles are part of the headliner. To replace the overhead grilles the headliner must be
replaced. Refer to EI-31, "Removal and Installation".
2. Remove the grille from the interior trim panel.
INSTALLATION
ATC-310
REFRIGERANT LINES
REFRIGERANT LINES
A
HFC-134a (R-134a) Service Procedure INFOID:0000000005418274
SETTING OF SERVICE TOOLS AND EQUIPMENT B

Discharging Refrigerant
JSIIA0257ZZ
H

equipment
I
WARNING:
Avoid breathing A/C refrigerant and lubricant vapor or mist. Exposure may irritate eyes, nose and
throat. Use only approved recovery/recycling equipment to discharge HFC-134a (R-134a) refrigerant. If ATC
accidental system discharge occurs, ventilate work area before resuming service. Additional health
and safety information may be obtained from refrigerant and lubricant manufacturers.
Evacuating System and Charging Refrigerant K
JSIIA0258ZZ

equipment
4. Vacuum pump 5. Manifold gauge set 6. Refrigerant container (HFC-134a)
ATC-311
REFRIGERANT LINES
7. Weight scale
A. Preferred (best) method B. Alternative method C. For charging
PROCEDURE
WJIA0530E
*1 ATC-191, "Maintenance of Lubricant *3 ATC-329, "Checking of Refrigerant *5 ATC-171, "Contaminated Refriger-

Quantity in Compressor". Leaks". ant".
*2 ATC-329, "Checking of Refrigerant *4 ATC-261, "Insufficient Cooling".
Leaks".
ATC-312
REFRIGERANT LINES
A
ATC
M
MJIB0151E

4. Refrigerant pressure sensor 5. Condenser 6. Compressor shaft seal N
O
NOTE:
Refer to ATC-172, "Precaution for Refrigerant Connection".
P
ATC-313
REFRIGERANT LINES
MJIB0152E

ATC-314
REFRIGERANT LINES
Rear A/C
A
ATC
WJIA1400E
K
NOTE:
Refer to ATC-172, "Precaution for Refrigerant Connection". M
ATC-315
REFRIGERANT LINES
Removal and Installation for Compressor (YD models) INFOID:0000000005418276
MJIB0558E
1. Compressor 2. Alternator and A/C compressor 3. Timing chain case

bracket
4. Cylinder block
REMOVAL
3. Remove the engine cover.
6. Remove the engine air cleaner and air ducts. Refer to EM-18, "Removal and Installation" .
7. Remove the drive belt. Refer to EM-14 .
9. Disconnect both the front high-pressure flexible A/C hose and front low-pressure flexible A/C hose from
the compressor.
CAUTION:
INSTALLATION
CAUTION:
Refrigerant Leaks".
ATC-316
REFRIGERANT LINES
A
readjust. B
SJIA1167E
D
Removal and Installation for Compressor (V9X models) INFOID:0000000006302376

E
ATC
JMIIA0923GB
1. Compressor
K
REMOVAL
2. Remove the front left wheel and tire assembly. Refer to WT-5, "Rotation". L
3. Remove the front engine undercover.
5. Remove the front left splash shield. M
6. Remove the cooling fan.
7. Disconnect harness connector from fan motor.
N
8. Remove the cooling fan harness.
9. Remove the cooling fan braket.
10. Remove the drive belt. Refer to EM-14 . O
11. Remove the A/C compressor braket.
13. Disconnect both the front high-pressure flexible A/C hose and front low-pressure flexible A/C hose from P
the compressor.
CAUTION:
INSTALLATION
ATC-317
REFRIGERANT LINES
CAUTION:
Refrigerant Leaks".

readjust.
SJIA1167E
Removal and Installation of Compressor Clutch INFOID:0000000006302377
JMIIA0924GB
1. Clutch disc 2. Shim 3. Snap ring

4. Pulley assembly 5. Field coil 6. Compressor unit
REMOVAL
Overhaul
1. Fix clutch disc.
2. Remove center bolt, and then remove clutch disc.
3. Remove snap ring using external snap ring pliers.
4. Position center pulley puller on the end of the drive shaft, and remove pulley assembly using any commer-
cially available pulley puller.
To prevent pulley groove from being deformed, puller claws should be positioned into the edge of the pul-
ley assembly.
5. Disconnect field coil harness connector from compressor unit.
6. Remove screws, and then remove field coil.
INSTALLATION
1. Install field coil (1).
ATC-318
REFRIGERANT LINES
Be sure to align the coil’s pin (2) with the hole in the compres-
sor’s front head. A
2. Connect field coil harness connector to compressor unit.
JMIIA0575ZZ
D
3. Install pulley assembly (1) using pulley installer
(SST:KV99106200) (A) and a hand press, and then install snap
ring (2) using snap ring pliers. E
G
JMIIA0576ZZ
4. Install clutch disc on drive shaft, together with original shim(s). Press clutch disc down by hand. H
5. Tighten center bolt to the specified torque while fixing clutch disc not to rotate.
After tightening the bolt, check that the pulley rotates smoothly.
I
Break-in Operation
When replacing compressor clutch assembly, always perform the break-in operation, by engaging and disen-
gaging the clutch approximately 30-times. Break-in operation increases the level of transmitted torque.
ATC
Removal and Installation for Front High-pressure Flexible A/C Hose (YD models)
INFOID:0000000005418277
K
REMOVAL
2. Remove the front left mud guard. L
5. Remove the front high-pressure flexible A/C hose. Refer toATC-314, "Component". M
CAUTION:
INSTALLATION N
NOTE:
Refer to ATC-314, "Component". O
CAUTION:
P
Removal and Installation for Front High-pressure Flexible A/C Hose (V9X models)
INFOID:0000000006302378
REMOVAL
ATC-319
REFRIGERANT LINES
5. Remove the air inlet hose. Refer to EM-162, "Removal and Installation".
6. Remove the front high-pressure flexible A/C hose. Refer to ATC-314, "Component".
CAUTION:
INSTALLATION
NOTE:
CAUTION:
Removal and Installation for Front High-pressure A/C Pipe (YD models) INFOID:0000000005418278
REMOVAL
5. Remove the front low pressure A/C pipe. Refer to ATC-323, "Removal and Installation for Rear High- and
CAUTION:
INSTALLATION
NOTE:
CAUTION:
Removal and Installation for Front High-pressure A/C Pipe (V9X models) INFOID:0000000006302379
REMOVAL
4. Remove the battery. Refer to SC-11, "Removal and Installation".
5. Remove steering oil tank braket. Refer to PS-39, "Removal and Installation".
6. Disconnect harness clip, and then remove engine harness.
7. Disconnect the connector clip onthe fuse box.
8. Remove the fuse box and fuse box braket.
9. Remove the mounting bolt, and then disconnect ground cable.
10. Remove the nut onthe positive battery cable.
11. Disconnect fuse and fusible link connector.
12. Disconnect ECM harness connectors.
13. Disconnect IPDM E/R connectors.
ATC-320
REFRIGERANT LINES
15. Remove the front low pressure A/C pipe. Refer to ATC-323, "Removal and Installation for Front Low-Pres- A
sure A/C Pipe (V9X models)".
CAUTION: B
INSTALLATION
NOTE:
CAUTION: D
E
Removal and Installation for Front Low-Pressure Flexible A/C Hose (YD models)
INFOID:0000000005418279
F
REMOVAL
2. Remove the front right mud guard. G
CAUTION: H
INSTALLATION I
NOTE:
Refer to ATC-314, "Component". ATC
CAUTION:
sor oil to it for installation. K
Removal and Installation for Front Low-Pressure Flexible A/C Hose (V9X models)
INFOID:0000000006302380 L
REMOVAL
1. Remove the air cleaner case (upper) and air duct. Refer to EM-162, "Removal and Installation". M
CAUTION:
Cap or wrap the joint of the pipe with suitable material such as vinyl tape to avoid the entry of air. N
3. Remove the front low-pressure flexible A/C hose. Refer to ATC-314, "Component".
INSTALLATION
Install in the reverse order of removal. O
NOTE:
CAUTION: P
Removal and Installation for Front Low-Pressure A/C Pipe (YD models) INFOID:0000000005418280
REMOVAL
ATC-321
REFRIGERANT LINES
2. Disconnect the heater pump connector.
3. Remove the heater pump from the bracket and reposition out of the way. Do not disconnect the heater
hoses from the heater pump.
CAUTION:
INSTALLATION
NOTE:
CAUTION:
for installation.
Removal and Installation for Front Low-Pressure A/C Pipe (V9X models) INFOID:0000000006302381
REMOVAL
3. Remove the front right mad guard.
4. Remove the fornt right splash shield.
5. Remove the air cleaner case (upper) and air duct. Refer to EM-162, "Removal and Installation".
6. Remove the water pipe onte turbocharger.
7. Remove the recovery of capacity oil from turbocharger.
8. Remove the brake pipe cover.
CAUTION:
INSTALLATION
NOTE:
CAUTION:
for installation.
Removal and Installation for Rear High- and Low-Pressure A/C Pipes INFOID:0000000005418281
REMOVAL
2. Remove the rear RH interior trim panel. Refer to ATC-314, "Component".
3. Remove the rear high- and low-pressure A/C pipes. Refer toATC-314, "Component".
CAUTION:
INSTALLATION
NOTE:
CAUTION:
• Replace the O-ring of the rear high- and low-pressure A/C pipes with a new one, then apply compres-
ATC-322
REFRIGERANT LINES
Removal and Installation for Under-floor Rear High- and Low-Pressure A/C and Heater
A
Core Pipes INFOID:0000000005418282
REMOVAL
B
2. Remove the under-floor rear high- and low-pressure A/C and heater core pipes. Refer to ATC-314, "Com-
ponent".
C
CAUTION:
INSTALLATION D
NOTE:
CAUTION: E
• Replace the O-ring of the under-floor rear high- and low-pressure A/C and heater core pipes with a
new one, then apply compressor oil to it for installation.
• After charging refrigerant, check for leaks. F
Removal and Installation for Refrigerant Pressure Sensor INFOID:0000000005418283
REMOVAL G
2. Disconnect the refrigerant pressure sensor harness connector H
and remove the refrigerant pressure sensor from the condenser.
CAUTION:
Be careful not to damage the condenser fins.
I
ATC
LJIA0177E
K
INSTALLATION
NOTE: L
CAUTION:
• Be careful not to damage the condenser fins.
• Apply compressor oil to the O-ring of the refrigerant pressure sensor for installation. M
Removal and Installation for Condenser INFOID:0000000005418284
N
REMOVAL
1. Discharge the refrigerant. Refer to ATC-312, "HFC-134a (R-134a) Service Procedure". O
2. Remove the radiator. Refer to CO-11.
CAUTION:
Be careful not to damage the core surface of the condenser and the radiator. P
3. Disconnect the front high-pressure flexible A/C hose and the front high-pressure A/C pipe from the con-
denser.
CAUTION:
ATC-323
REFRIGERANT LINES
4. Disconnect the refrigerant pressure sensor harness connector.
5. Remove the refrigerant pressure sensor from the condenser.
6. Lift the condenser out of the mounting grommets and remove
the condenser.
LJIA0177E
INSTALLATION
NOTE:
CAUTION:
• Replace the O-rings of the front high-pressure A/C pipe and the front high-pressure flexible A/C hose
with new ones, then apply compressor oil to them for installation.
• Replace the mounting grommets as necessary.
ATC-324
REFRIGERANT LINES
Removal and Installation for Front Evaporator INFOID:0000000005418285
A
Front Heater and Cooling Unit Assembly
ATC
M
MJIB0214E
1. Center ventilator connector duct 2. Front heater core cover 3. Intake air case
4. Front heater core and evaporator 5. Front heater core and evaporator 6. Front heater core N
pipes bracket pipes grommet
7. Upper heater and cooling unit case 8. Front expansion valve 9. Front evaporator
10. Lower heater and cooling unit case 11. Variable blower control 12. Blower motor O
REMOVAL
1. Remove the front heater core. Refer to ATC-299, "Removal and Installation". P
2. Separate the heater and cooling unit case.
3. Remove the front evaporator.
INSTALLATION
CAUTION:
ATC-325
REFRIGERANT LINES
Replace the O-rings on the front A/C low-pressure flexible A/C hose and the front high-pressure A/C
pipe with new ones. Apply compressor oil to the O-rings for installation.
Removal and Installation for Rear Evaporator INFOID:0000000005418286
LJIA0135E
1. Front cover 2. Rear evaporator and heater core case 3. Rear evaporator
4. Side cover 5. Rear heater core 6. Rear blower motor
7. Blower motor case 8. Rear blower motor resistor
REMOVAL
1. Remove the rear heater and cooling unit assembly from the vehicle. Refer to ATC-295, "Removal and
Installation".
2. Remove the rear blower motor.
3. Remove the rear blower speed resistor.
ATC-326
REFRIGERANT LINES
4. Remove the rear air mix door motor.
5. Remove the rear duct and blend door assembly. Refer to ATC- A
6. Disassemble the rear heater and cooling unit assembly to
remove the rear evaporator. B
WJIA1134E
D
INSTALLATION
CAUTION:
• Replace the O-rings on the rear high- and low-pressure A/C pipes with new ones. Apply compressor E
oil to the O-rings for installation.
Removal and Installation for Front Expansion Valve INFOID:0000000005418287
F
REMOVAL
G
3. Remove the front heater core and evaporator pipes grommet. H
4. Remove the front expansion valve.
INSTALLATION
Install in the reverse order of removal. I
CAUTION:
• Replace the O-rings on then front expansion valve and the A/C refrigerant pipes with new ones, then
apply compressor oil to them for installation. ATC
• Alway tighten the mounting bolts to the specified torque.
K
Removal and Installation for Rear Expansion Valve INFOID:0000000005418288

L
REMOVAL
M
2. Remove the rear RH interior side trim panel access door.
3. Disconnect the rear high- and low-pressure A/C pipes from the rear expansion valve. N
CAUTION:
Cap or wrap the A/C refrigerant pipe ends with a suitable material such as vinyl tape to avoid the
entry of air and contaminants.
O
4. Remove the expansion valve.
INSTALLATION
Install in the reverse order of removal. P
CAUTION:
• Replace the O-rings on the rear expansion valve and the rear high- and low-pressure A/C pipes with
new ones, then apply compressor oil to them for installation.
• Always tighten the mounting bolts to the specified torque.
ATC-327
REFRIGERANT LINES

Checking of Refrigerant Leaks INFOID:0000000005418289
Perform a visual inspection of all refrigeration parts, fittings, hoses and components for signs of A/C lubricant
leakage, damage and corrosion. A/C lubricant leakage may indicate an area of refrigerant leakage. Allow
extra inspection time in these areas when using either an electronic refrigerant leak detector or fluorescent
dye leak detector.
If dye is observed, confirm the leak with an electronic refrigerant leak detector. It is possible a prior leak was
repaired and not properly cleaned.
When searching for leaks, do not stop when one leak is found but continue to check for additional leaks at all
system components and connections.
When searching for refrigerant leaks using an electronic leak detector, move the probe along the suspected
leak area at 1 to 2 inches per second and no further than 1/4 inch from the component.
CAUTION:
Moving the electronic leak detector probe slower and closer to the suspected leak area will improve
the chances of finding a leak.
Checking System for Leaks Using the Fluorescent Leak Detector INFOID:0000000005418290
1. Check A/C system for leaks using the UV lamp and safety goggles [SST: J-42220] in a low sunlight area
(area without windows preferable). Illuminate all components, fittings and lines. The dye will appear as a
bright green/yellow area at the point of leakage. Fluorescent dye observed at the evaporator drain open-
ing indicates an evaporator core assembly (tubes, core or expansion valve) leak.
2. If the suspected area is difficult to see, use an adjustable mirror or wipe the area with a clean shop rag or
cloth, with the UV lamp for dye residue.
3. After the leak is repaired, remove any residual dye using dye cleaner [SST: J-43872] to prevent future mis-
diagnosis.
4. Perform a system performance check and verify the leak repair with an approved electronic refrigerant
leak detector.
NOTE:
Other gases in the work area or substances on the A/C components, for example, anti-freeze, windshield
washer fluid, solvents and lubricants, may falsely trigger the leak detector. Make sure the surfaces to be
checked are clean.
Clean with a dry cloth or blow off with shop air.
Never allow the sensor tip of the detector to contact with any substance. This can also cause false readings
and may damage the detector.
Dye Injection INFOID:0000000005418291
(This procedure is only necessary when recharging the system or when the compressor has seized and was
replaced.)
1. Check A/C system static (at rest) pressure. Pressure must be at least 345 kPa (3.45 bar, 3.52 kg/cm2, 50
psi).
2. Pour one bottle (1/4 ounce / 7.4 cc) of the A/C refrigerant dye into the injector tool [SST: J-41459].
3. Connect the injector tool to the A/C Low-pressure side service fitting.
4. Start engine and switch A/C ON.
5. When the A/C operating (compressor running), inject one bottle (1/4 ounce / 7.4 cc) of fluorescent dye
through the low-pressure service valve using dye injector tool J-41459 (refer to the manufacture’s operat-
ing instructions).
6. With the engine still running, disconnect the injector tool from the service fitting.
CAUTION:
Be careful the A/C system or replacing a component, pour the dye directly into the open system
connection and proceed with the service procedures.
ATC-328
REFRIGERANT LINES
7. Operate the A/C system for a minimum of 20 minutes to mix the dye with the system oil. Depending on the
leak size, operating conditions and location of the leak, it may take from minutes to days for the dye to A
penetrate a leak and become visible.
Electronic Refrigerant Leak Detector INFOID:0000000005418292
B
PRECAUTIONS FOR HANDLING LEAK DETECTOR
When performing a refrigerant leak check, use an A/C electrical leak
detector (SST) or equivalent. Ensure that the instrument is calibrated C
and set properly per the operating instructions.
The leak detector is a delicate device. In order to use the leak detec-
tor properly, read the operating instructions and perform any speci- D
fied maintenance.
SHA705EB
F
1. Position probe approximately 5 mm (3/16 in) away from point to
be checked.
G
I
SHA707EA
2. When testing, circle each fitting completely with probe. ATC
SHA706E
M
3. Move probe along component approximately 25 to 50 mm (1 to

2 in)/sec. N
SHA708EA
CHECKING PROCEDURE
To prevent inaccurate or false readings, make sure there is no refrigerant vapor, shop chemicals, or cigarette
smoke in the vicinity of the vehicle. Perform the leak test in calm area (low air/wind movement) so that the
leaking refrigerant is not dispersed.
ATC-329
REFRIGERANT LINES
1. Turn engine OFF.
2. Connect a suitable A/C manifold gauge set (SST) to the A/C service valves.
3. Check if the A/C refrigerant pressure is at least 345 kPa (3.45 bar, 3.52 kg/cm2, 50 psi) above 16°C. If less
than specification, recover/evacuate and recharge the system with the specified amount of refrigerant.
NOTE:
At temperatures below 16°C, leaks may not be detected since the system may not reach 345 kPa (3.45
bar, 3.52 kg/cm2, 50 psi).
4. Perform the leak test from the high-pressure side (compressor discharge a to evaporator inlet g) to the
low-pressure side (evaporator drain hose h to shaft seal l). Refer to ATC-314, "Component". Perform a
leak check for the following areas carefully. Clean the component to be checked and move the leak
detected probe completely around the connection/component.
Compressor
Check the fitting of high- and low-pressure flexible hoses, relief valve and shaft seal.
Liquid tank
Check the refrigerant pressure sensor.
Service valves
Check all around the service valves. Ensure service valve caps are secured on the service valves (to pre-
vent leaks).
NOTE:
After removing A/C manifold gauge set from service valves, wipe any residue from valves to prevent any
false readings by leak detector.
Cooling unit (Evaporator)
With engine OFF, turn blower fan on “High” for at least 15 seconds to dissipate any refrigerant trace in the
cooling unit. Wait a minimum of 10 minutes accumulation time (refer to the manufacturer’s recommended
procedure for actual wait time) before inserting the leak detector probe into the drain hose.
Keep the probe inserted for at least 10 seconds. Use caution not to contaminate the probe tip with water
or dirt that may be in the drain hose.
5. If a leak detector detects a leak, verify at least once by blowing compressed air into area of suspected
leak, then repeat check as outlined above.
6. Do not stop when one leak is found. Continue to check for additional leaks at all system components.
If no leaks are found, perform steps 7 - 10.
7. Start engine.
8. Set the heater A/C control as follows;
a. A/C switch: ON
b. MODE control dial: VENT (Ventilation)
c. Intake door position: Recirculation
d. Max. cold temperature
e. Fan speed: High
9. Run engine at 1,500 rpm for at least 2 minutes.
10. Turn engine off and perform leak check again following steps 4 through 6 above.
Refrigerant leaks should be checked immediately after stopping
the engine. Begin with the leak detector at the compressor. The
pressure on the high-pressure side will gradually drop after
refrigerant circulation stops and pressure on the low-pressure
side will gradually rise, as shown in the graph. Some leaks are
more easily detected when pressure is high.
SHA839E
11. Discharge A/C system using approved refrigerant recovery equipment. Repair the leaking fitting or com-
ponent as necessary.
12. Evacuate and recharge A/C system and perform the leak test to confirm no refrigerant leaks.
13. Perform A/C performance test to ensure system works properly.
ATC-330
A
Service Data and Specification (SDS) INFOID:0000000005418293
COMPRESSOR B

C
Model DKS-17D
Type Swash plate
Displacement 175.5 cm3 (10.7 in3) / revolution D
Cylinder bore × stroke 30.5 mm (1.20 in) x 24.0 mm (0.94 in)
Direction of rotation Clockwise (viewed from drive end)
E
Drive belt Poly V
LUBRICANT
F
Model DKS-17D
G
Name Genuine NISSAN A/C System Lubricant Type S (DH-PS)
Part number KLH00-PAGS0
Without rear A/C 180 m (6.3 Imp fl oz) H
Capacity
With rear A/C 210 m (7.4 Imp fl oz)
REFRIGERANT I
Type HFC 134a (R-134a)

Without rear A/C 0.70 ± 0.05 kg (1.54 ± 0.11 lb) ATC
Capacity
With rear A/C 0.85 ± 0.05 kg (1.87 ± 0.11 lb)
ENGINE IDLING SPEED K

Refer to EC-389, "General Specification".
BELT TENSION
Refer to EM-15, "Deflection Adjustment". L
ATC-331
ATC-332
ATC
ATC-333

Automatic Air Conditioner: Section

Uploaded by

Document Information

Original Description:

Original Title

Copyright

Available Formats

Share this document

Share or Embed Document

Sharing Options

Did you find this document useful?

Is this content inappropriate?

Copyright:

Available Formats

Automatic Air Conditioner: Section

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

AIR CONDITIONER

When disconnect the battery cable, pay attention to the following.

FUNCTIONS OF COMPONENT PARTS G

1. Clean piping connection point, and set a disconnector.

O-RING AND REFRIGERANT CONNECTION

1. High-pressure service valve 2. Clip 3. Front high-pressure A/C pipe

1. High-pressure service valve 2. Clip 3. Front high-pressure A/C pipe M

Precaution for Service of Compressor INFOID:0000000005952348

MANIFOLD GAUGE SET

Shut-off valve rotation A/C service valve

REFRIGERANT WEIGHT SCALE

CALIBRATING ACR4 WEIGHT SCALE

Container color: Light blue

Type: Polyalkylene glycol oil (PAG),

Recovery/Recycling/ Function: Refrigerant recovery and re-

Application: For HFC-134a (R-134a) H

Service couplers Hose fitting to service hose:

For measuring of refrigerant

REFRIGERANT PRESSURE SENSOR

FRONT REFRIGERATION SYSTEM

REAR REFRIGERATION SYSTEM

Lubricant to be added to system ATC

Lubricant Adjustment Procedure for Compressor Replacement N

Control System Description INFOID:0000000005952490

1. Rear air control (front) 2. Rear air control (rear)

Mode door posi- Air outlet/distribution

Diagnostic mode Description

Monitor item Value Contents

CONSULT-III Function (BCM) INFOID:0000000005952364

Monitor item name

A/C Auto Amp. Self-Diagnosis INFOID:0000000005952495

A/C SYSTEM SELF-DIAGNOSIS FUNCTION

1. Turn the ignition switch ON.

A/C and AV Switch Assembly Self-Diagnosis INFOID:0000000005952496

Finishing self-diagnosis mode L

Conditions : Engine running at normal operating temperature

CHECKING MEMORY FUNCTION

Conditions : Engine running at normal operating temperature

CHECKING REAR BLOWER MOTOR

CHECKING REAR TEMPERATURE INCREASE

Component Parts and Harness Connector Location INFOID:0000000005952366

1. Refrigerant pressure sensor 2. Ambient sensor 3. Compressor

FRONT PASSENGER COMPARTMENT

1. A/C Auto amp. 2. In-vehicle sensor 3. Intake sensor M

REAR PASSENGER COMPARTMENT

A/C AUTO AMP. HARNESS CONNECTOR TERMINAL LAYOUT

Terminal Wire Ignition Voltage (V)

1 G Sunload sensor (driver) ON - 0-5

PTC heater relay 2 Relay OFF Battery voltage

PTC heater relay 3 Relay OFF Battery voltage

PTC heater relay 1 Relay OFF Battery voltage

A/C Auto Amp Power and Ground Circuit INFOID:0000000005961526

DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE FOR A/C SYSTEM

Terminals Ignition switch position A

Mode Door Control Specification

COMPONENT FUNCTION CHECK

Is the inspection result normal?

19 - Ground : Continuity should not exist.

19 – 20 : Continuity should exist. B

6.CHECK MODE DOOR MOTOR CIRCUITS FOR OPEN D

1. Disconnect the mode door motor harness connector.

6 – 19 : Continuity should exist.